HSS - Horse Show Management Software
HSS - Horse Show Management Software

HSS Update History.

Recent changes in each version of HSS software are listed below.  The most recent version is listed first.
Go to the Downloads page to download software updates.
Recent Changes
CollapseHSS Change History
 
HSS  June 30, 2024   Version: 3.2024.0630
Collapse/Expand
Changes and Notes
Checks / Cheques:
  • A new column "PrizeApplyAmount" is listed in the Cheque Printing grid in the details section for each cheque.
    • This is the amount that has been deducted from a cheque that was applied to the entry's invoice as a credit amount.
    • See details on "Apply prize money to invoice" section in Entry Editor changes.
  • Generic export to tab delimited text file now include PrizeApplyAmount column to indicate how much the cheque amount is reduced when prize money has been applied to an entry's invoice.

Class editor:
  • Resolved very obscure problem where a rider was not selected in a sibling class if there were already entries in the class and the show secretary created a new sibling.

Class Results Editor:
  • Jump Order editor (Drag and drop) now lists the fence height for each entry.
  • Additional controls are disabled if the class has been marked as finished/closed to prevent inadvertent user changes to a closed class.

Class Verification:
  • An entry will not be added if there are no riders in the entry record.
  • List updates are now much faster.

Entry Editor:
  • Resolved problem where "Reset all fees" on a new unsaved manual entry would not reset the fees to zero.
  • The Results tab now lists a new column "Addback Prize Money" won.
  • The Results tab has a new checkbox column “Closed” indicating if the class is finished/closed.

NEW - Apply prize money to invoice:
The payments tab has a new feature to apply prize money to the entry's invoice as a credit.
  • A read only field displays the total prize money won PLUS Addback money won.
  • An editable field will display the amount you want to apply which defaults to the full amount of prize money won less any prize money you have already credited to the entry.
  • Prize money credited to the entry will be listed in the "Payments" section of the invoice with code "PRIZE". The description will indicate the payment is from "Show Secretary"
  • You cannot apply prize money to the entry invoice if the entry is in ANY classes that have already been closed.
  • This is because closing a class will generate checks and the checks would be incorrect (too much) if you also apply prize money to the entry.
  • You cannot apply prize money if the show properties are set to automatically apply prize money to invoices.
WARNING: You should NOT delete "PRIZE" code payments from an entry after closing classes.
  • If you manually delete "PRIZE" code payments from an entry record AFTER closing classes for some reason, the checks that were already created will not be adjusted.
  • That may result in the check amount being too little since you have removed the PRIZE credit(s) from the entry.
  • In that scenario, you should reopen the class(es) that are affected and then reclose those classes to void and reissue the checks.
Show Manager:
  • Classes tab has a new Class Name filter. Entering text in this text field will filter the list of classes to only those classes that have the text in the class name or class number field.
  • Classes tab / Class number search field now supports up / down keyboard keys to move the selected class up or down in the list of classes
Signature Tool:
  • New filters added to exclude Barn Account entries.
  • Barn account entries are excluded by default.


 
HSS  June 10, 2024   Version: 3.2024.0609
Collapse/Expand
Changes and Notes
Add/Scratch processing:
  • If you attempt to process an add/scratch request where the entry no longer exists OR the rider on the request is no longer a rider for the entry, an error message will be displayed and the add/scratch request will be automatically flagged as rejected at HSO.
Class results screen:
  • The warning popup when saving results if you do not selected any course designers for the class will no longer appear.
    The popup will only appear if there are no judges selected OR if any of the selected judges or course designers do not have a USEF number.
  • Two new special codes can be used in the R1 Faults, R2 Faults and R3 Faults columns
  • 91 = HC – Horse Concours
  • 90 = NS/DNS – Did not show
    The finish place will be reset to 0 (zero) if you use code 91 (HC) in any of R1, R2, R2 obstacle faults columns. HC entries cannot have a finish place or prize money.
    The finish place will be reset to 0 (zero) if you use code 90 (NS/DNS) in an of R1 obstacle faults columns. NS/DNS entries cannot have a finish place if they didn’t show in R1.
  • Code 91 in any of the 3 obstacle faults columns will translate to “HC” instead of a numeric finish place in Column N (Placing) column of USEF results
  • Code 90 in R1 Faults, will translate to NS instead of a numeric finish place in Column N (Placing) column of USEF results as well as column CJ ( First round), CK (2nd round), CN (3rd round) if code 90 is used in R2 Faults, and R3 Faults)
Credit Card Payment Screen:
  • A new field “Remark:” has been added.
  • For payment methods manually saved into a person’s account in HSS:
    • The “Remark:” field will display the date / time a saved payment method was created in HSS.
Dressage Tests:
  • Four new FEI 2022 and 2023 tests added.

Horse Editor - New breeds added:
  • Canadian Sport Horse
  • Czech Warmblood
  • Deutsches Sportpferd
  • German Sport Horse
  • Irish Sport Horse
  • La Silla Sport Horse
  • Latvian Warmblood
  • Norwegian Warmblood
  • Spanish Sport Horse
  • French Thoroughbred
Entry Editor:
  • Resolved problem where the online entry PDF didn't load sometimes when using "Update and Prompt"
  • “People” tab only lists people related to the entry in Owner, Rider, or Trainer roles. Prize payee and Stablewith Trainer are excluded.
  • The “Reset all fees to zero” button on the Fees tab will now invoke a popup letting you select which fees to reset to zero.
    • Only fees that currently have a quantity are listed for resetting.
    • Convenience fees default to UN-checked. All other fees default to Checked.
  • New "USEF Locked" checkbox flag added.
    An entry is highlighted in red in show manager when this flag is check marked.
  • "USEF Status" tab has new columns for USHJA Start, USHJA End, removed Background Check Expiry column
  • "USEF Status" tab highlights in red if the person's safe sport expiry date is earlier than the show's end date.
  • "USEF Status" now lists the “MicroChip Status” and will highlight it in red and prompt for “USEF Lock” if the status begins with the word “Ineligible”

USEF Validation checking:
  • Entry editor has a new popup when USEF information is retrieved for the entry. The USEF popup will happen when any of the following happens:
    • “Auto-load USEF …” is check-marked in Show Manager.
    • You select the “USEF Status” tab for the entry
    • You click the “Refresh USEF status” button on the Basic tab for the entry.
  • If the “USEF Locked” checkbox is already check marked in the entry the popup will NOT display since the checkbox is already set.
    Otherwise, the problems will be listed in the popup and you are prompted to set the “USEF Locked” checkbox.
  • If the “USEF Locked” checkbox is already check marked in the entry AND there are NO current issues for the entry at USEF the popup will be displayed prompting if you would like to UN-check the “USEF Locked” checkbox.

Messaging:
  • "Send SMS Text to show attendees" screen has new filters in the class selection drop down to filter class selections by scheduled date and ring.
  • Only people entered in the selected classes will be listed as potential recipients for the text message.
Online entry download:
  • Includes new Microchip Status column in USEF validation information
  • It will flag as red the value begins with “INELIGIBLE” and green if it is empty or begins with “ELIGIBLE”
  • It will also trigger “USEF Lock” when the entry is “Accepted”.

Online Entry Acceptance:
  • A new "USEF Locked" checkbox and a list of USEF errors is shown in the "Accept online entry" screen.
    • You can manually checkmark the "USEF Locked" checkmark if needed to flag the entry has missing or expired USEF information. USEF Locked entries are listed in red in show manager.
    • The "USEF Locked" checkbox will default to checked if any critical horse or person information is missing, expired, or invalid according to USEF, otherwise will default to un-checked.
  • The remark field is now multiline and allows up to 250 characters of text. New button to copy up to 250 characters from the USEF Lock errors list to the “Remark” field.

Payment Entry Screen:
  • New columns added "Acct. Locked", and "USEF Locked" display the "Account Locked" and "USEF Locked" flags for each entry.
  • Row will be highlighted in yellow for each entry that has the "Account Locked" flag checkmarked
  • Row will be highlighted in red for each entry that has the "USEF Locked" flag checkmarked. USEF Locked takes precedence over Account locked.
    If an entry has both USEF locked and Account locked flags checkmarked the row will be highlighted in red.

Reports:
  • “Class results – compact” report updated to list new 90-99 codes (IE: HC, NS, etc)
  • “Grand prix jumper” report updated to list new 90-99 codes (IE: HC, NS, etc)
  • “Class Sheets – FEI” and “Class Sheets – FEI –By Rider” use black instead of grey grid lines.
  • "Judges Cards - Jumper", "Judges Cards - non jumper", "Judges Cards - non jumper (landscape)" now print the judge signature area on each page
  • "Judges Cards - Jumper", "Judges Cards - non jumper", "Judges Cards - non jumper (landscape)" now support classes with up to 200 entries.
  • "Payee W9 analysis - entries with prize money" report:
    • New column "WithHold" lists the number of entries that for the payee that have been flagged with "Withhold prize money".
    • Each entry may have a suffix "[ ]" indicating special conditions. * = account locked, $ = Withhold prize money
    • Example: 123[$*] indicates entry 123 is flagged with Withhold prize money AND account is locked
  • New report "Payee W9 analysis - entries with prize money withheld" added to the Financial folder.
    This report is identical to "Payee W9 analysis - entries with prize money" but only lists payees that have one or more entries that have won prize money AND are flagged with "Withhold prize money".
  • New report "Prize Money Withheld By Entry" added to the Financial folder.
  • This report list all entries in the show that have the "Withhold prize money" flag checkmarked.
  • The report lists the entry number, entry name, total prize money (including addback money) awarded to the entry, and the prize payee name, contact information, and last 4 digits of their SSN.
  • "Trainer Add/Scratch" report now displays a message on the report if the USEF Locked flag is checkmarked in the entry record.
  • "Trainer Check-in" report now includes the signature status (Signed or missing) for each entry for the owner, rider, trainer related to each entry.
    A checkmark or a warning icon will indicate if all signatures for Owner, Riders, Trainer have been received.
  • "Winnings and Prizes by Division" report updated to resolve paper size issue on certain PCs that have unusual printer drivers.

Show Manager:
  • New checkbox filter added "USEF Locked only". Filters the list of entries to only those that have the "USEF Locked" flag check marked.
  • Signature related counts (People, Sigs Waiting etc) only apply to people that are an Owner, Rider, or Trainer. Prize payee and Stablewith Trainer are excluded.

Signature Tool:
  • New "People" tab lists entry signatures grouped by Person.
    • This allows sending signature requests for ALL unsigned entries to the person all at once.
    • Filters let you only list people / entries that have not been signed, and to only list people / entries you haven't already sent a request within the last specified number of hours (default is 8 hours)
  • A person's roles on an entry are now listed.

Signatures:
  • HSS and show manager will now only list signatures for people in roles Owner, Rider, and Trainer.

USEF Safe Sport MAAPP bulk email tool (NEW):
  • New toolSend USEF MAAPP email to exhibitors” has been added to the “USEF/USHJA” menu in HSS.
  • Use this tool send the required USEF MAAPP notification email containing the USEF Safe Sport information to all people in the show.
  • USEF requires you to send the USEF MAAPP notification to all exhibitors in the show within 30 days of the show date.
  • You can safely resend to people in the show – HSO will ignore sending to the same person / email address if you have already sent the notification.
  • HSO will only send ONE notification to the same person/email address. If there are multiple people with different names at the same email address an email will be sent to each individual at that address.
  • The email is sent via a mailing list and includes an “Unsubscribe” button / link in the email. If someone “Unsubscribes” they will be excluded from the HSO-USEF-MAAPP mailing list and will never receive the MAAPP email (or anything else distributed on that list) in the future from any show at HSO.
USEF Results Export:
  • R1, R2, R3 faults are now the total of obstacle faults plus time faults.

USEF Competition Status Analyzer:
  • The Horses grid will no longer set the background colour to red if the horse has a USEF status of "Annual"
  • The People grid will no longer set the background colour to red if the person's USEF Member Type is "ACTIVE(EC)"
  • New column added “USEF Locked” displays the status of the USEF Locked flag for each entry
  • Entry List popup (Available by clicking the “Open entry list” button in any list on “Entries”, “People”, “Horses” tab in the analyzer has new column added “USEF Locked” displays the status of the USEF Locked flag for each entry listed

USEF Section Code Update:
  • Duplicate section codes provided by the USEF API are removed (that's a USEF bug).
  • Additional USHJA section codes are also added / updated.
    The list of USHJA section codes is maintained by Timeslice. USHJA section codes will be ignored in results reported to USEF but are useful to USHJA when sending the USEF Results file to USHJA.

USEF Validation - Horse measurement:
  • Improved reliability of horse measurement information provided by USEF to better address abnormally formatted measurements from USEF.

USEF Validation - People:
  • New USEF Member Type "ACTIVE(EC)" is now considered OK.

 
HSS  February 24, 2024   Version: 3.2024.0224
Collapse/Expand
Changes and Notes
Close multiple classes:
  • Closing multiple classes will suppress the USEF judges missing popup when it is a USEF show AND classes being closed do not have any USEF judges assigned or judges are missing a USEF number.
  • Resolved problem where closing multiple classes reset the judge and course designer selections.
USEF Export:
  • Classes with zero entries will be excluded from the list of classes missing judges popup warning.

Reports:
  • Class sheets will print the "Breeder" if the horse's breeder field is not blank.
 
HSS  February 18, 2024   Version: 3.2024.0219
Collapse/Expand
Changes and Notes
Results Entry (Class results):
  • Clicking the "Reset all" button will reset the Time faults for R1, R2, R3 to zero.
Reports:
  • New report: "Score Sheet Hunter - Non FEI (GoOrder)", same as "Score Sheet Hunter - Non FEI", but entries are listed by Go Order instead of Entry No.
  • New report: "Score Sheet Jumper - Non FEI (GoOrder)", same as "Score Sheet Jumper - Non FEI", but entries are listed by Go Order instead of Entry No.
 
HSS  February 16, 2024   Version: 3.2024.0216
Collapse/Expand
Changes and Notes
Open Show Dialogue:
Fixed error message when closing the "Open show" dialogue without selecting a show.

Class Results:
Time faults for R1, R2, R3 now supported in "Results entry" screen.

Person Editor:
Added "EC Equine Canada" to USEF suffix drop down.
 
HSS  February 07, 2024   Version: 3.2024.0207
Collapse/Expand
Changes and Notes

Copy Entries tool:
  • When copying entries from a prior show, there is a new option (checkbox for each entry) to copy existing signatures to the new entry from the source entry.

HSO Status Panel:
  • If the show has not been published within the last 30 minutes, the "Last published..." text in the status panel will be RED.
  • When the show is active, (IE: Current date is within the show start / end date), the "Last published" message will display the number of minutes since last published instead of the date/time last published.
  • The "Last publish" date/time displayed in the status panel is now expressed in local time based on the time zone of your computer rather than Eastern Time.

Horse editor:
  • New field "Breeder" added to horse records to record the name of the breeder.

Entry editor:
  • Fixed problem where "Create new owner as payee" created the owner record but displayed an error preventing the new owner from getting applied as the payee for the entry.

Mobile Payment - send invoices:
  • A new checkmark column added "Has Open Check" to the "Send invoices for mobile payment" screen.
    If an entry has the "Has open check" check marked in the entry record, this column will be pink and check marked.
  • A new filter added "Exclude if has open check" to exclude entries that have the "Has Open Check" check marked in the entry record.
    This lets you exclude entries where you are probably going to pay using an open check that was provided for payment.

Scoreboard import:
  • "Pyramid Timing - Web" scoreboard import updated to incorporate Time Faults for jumper results. Updated to use new Pyramid web API update of Jan 2024
  • "Ryegate - Web" scoreboard import updated to incorporate Time Faults for jumper results. Updated to use new Ryegate web API update of Jan 2024
  • Scoreboard import screen now allows editing of Time Faults for R1, R2, R3

Signature requests:
  • HSS will now record a journal item for each signature request you send from the signature tool.
  • The journal entry category will be "SIGREQ" and list the email address, phone number, and person name the request was sent to.
SMS
  • Fixed problem where SMS send screens displayed an error about SMS settings incomplete when SMS provider is set to HSO and there was no prior Twilio account for the show.
Reports:
  • "Class sheets" and "Class sheets - compact" no longer highlight entries that have the "Account locked" flag set.
  • "Class results" report now includes Breeder, Sire, Dam if those fields are populated in a horse record.
 
HSS  January 16, 2024   Version: 3.2024.0116
Collapse/Expand
Changes and Notes
Fixes in this update:
  • Fixed problem in show manager where Signed Count was incorrect on some entries.
  • Fixed problem in Signature tool with highlighting of SignedCount column
  • Fixed problem where TimeFaults was null instead of defaulting to zero.
  • Fixed problem where signatures would not import under certain conditions and left them stuck at HSO.
  • Fixed minor problem where USEF validation screen displayed the wrong class entry count under certain conditions.
  • Fixed problem where Show Manager would list -1 for Sigs Waiting count when there were more signatures received that Owner, Rider, Trainer on the entry

Important USEF changes:

USEF has changed their results export - you must use the new version to submit results to comply with USEF. regulations

USEF has released an entirely new set of USEF Liability Release waivers, one for each state. 
HSS will choose the waiver that corresponds to the state your show is located in.

USEF requires all people on all entries provide their own signature (or parent/guardian signature)

Signatures are applied to:

  • The Entry Agreement as defined in your show properties (this should be the standard USEF agreement)
  • The state specific USEF Liability release waiver.

How signatures are collected and processed:

HorseShowsOnline has a new "Signatures step" in the online entry wizard.
HSO is already collecting signatures if you have a USEF show taking entries at this time.

During online entry, the signature step provides the person submitting the entry with the ability to sign for themself AND will send a signature request notification via Email and Text message to all other people associated with the entry they are submitting..
(Text message notifications require you have a valid Twilio SMS account OR have subscribed to the HSO SMS service).

  • HSS will download new signatures that people submit during the online entry processing screen and connect the signatures received with your entries.
  • There is a new button in the HSO status panel (enable the status panel in show properties). 
    The button will indicate if there are new signatures ready for download.
  • Show manager has new columns indicating if all signatures have been received for an entry.
  • You should NOT allow an exhibitor to compete unless you hae received ALL signatures for the entry.
  • HSS has a new "Signature Tool" (see below for details) to let you send signature requests, review signature status for entries, and to print USEF Liability waivers for people using their submitted signature information.
    You may need to send a signature request if:
    • The person didn't receive the origional request due to a bad email address
    • They need it sent to their parent / guardian.
    • If you have a manual entry OR added someone to an entry.


HSS changes in this version:


Class results screen:
  • New fault codes can be specified for R1, R2, R2 faults
    Special fault values: 99=Eliminated, 98=Retired, 97=Withdrawn, 96=Rider fall, 95=Horse fall, 94=Off course, 93=Excused, 92=Disqualified
  • A double warning is prompted if you attempt to cancel a class.
    This is to ensure you really intend to cancel the class.
  • You can now select judges and change the position of judges directly in the class results screen.
    Do this on the "Class, Prize, Judges" tab in class results editor
  • The class results screen has a list for "Course Designers".
    USEF requires (or at least requests) that you specify up to two course designers for the class which will be included in class results reporting to USEF.
  • New columns added for "Time Faults", R1, R2, and R3 added per FEI requirements.
  • All fault columns now list whole integer values only instead of formatting to 3 decimal places to ease the visual burden.
  • A warning popup will be displayed if the show is a USEF show (based on the "Governing Org" setting in the show properties) AND there are no judges set for the class, OR one or more of the selected judges has no USEF number.
    USEF results require judges AND their USEF number.
    Judges and Officials and their related USEF number for the show can be edited on the "Judges and Officials" tab of the show properties page.

Class Editor:
  • The "Judges and Officials" tab has a new list to select the officials designated as "Course Designers" for the class.
  • USEF only allows a maximum of two course designers.
    Judges and Officials and their related USEF number for the show can be edited on the "Judges and Officials" tab of the show properties page.

    TIP: For a FAST way to set judges and course designers for multiple classes, use the new "Class judges tool" and the "Course designers tool" from the main HSS "Data" menu.

Class judges tool:
  • A new "Class Judges" tool on the "Data" menu lets you select which judges to assign to one or more classes you select.
    The tool lets you pick classes by date and ring, and checkboxes for the judge and class selection.
    Judges for the show are set in the show properties screen on the "Judges and Officials" tab.

    For USEF shows, it is important that every judge has a valid USEF number in their record.
    USEF allows a maximum of seven judges per class.
    USEF requires you to provide judge information for each class.

Class course designers tool:
  • A new "Class course designers" tool on the "Data" menu lets you select which officials to assign as course designers to one or more classes you select.
    The tool lets you pick classes by date and ring, and checkboxes for each class to apply the changes to.
    Officials for the show are set in the show properties screen on the "Judges and Officials" tab.

    For USEF shows, it is important that each official has a valid USEF number in their record.
    USEF allows a maximum of two course designers per class.
    USEF expects (IE: it is mandatory) to set course designer(s) for each class.

Dressage tests added:
  • USDF 2023 Freestyles training through fourth level tests added.

Email Tool:
  • When selecting "All shows", only people that are actually referenced in a Non-Dormant show will be selected instead of everyone in the database.

Entry Editor:
  • When adding classes on the Classes tab in entry editor you can now use the "Enter" key OR the "+" key to add a class after inputting the class number.
  • NEW: The "Online Entry PDF" tab allows you to view the originally submitted entry form OR the entry form based on the current information for the entry including the latest signatures.

  • NEW: Entry Editor "People" tab and Signatures:
    • Entry editor has a new tab “People”. This is the list of all people related to the entry and their signature status.
    • The tab will be Pink if any person is missing a signature or Green if all people have provided a signature.
    • The “Signature tool" button opens the Signature Tool where you can send / resend a signature request AND print the USEF liability waiver for a person.

FEI Results Export:
  • FEI Excel export updated to FEI version Jumping Results 1.0.14_0 which includes segregated Obstacle and Time faults reporting and the sum of both to arrive at total points (faults).

Online Add/Scratch:
  • When accepting an online add/scratch request you can now set or clear the "Account locked" checkbox and you can review / edit the entry remark.

Owners Grid:
  • New column "USHJA No" added

People Editor:
  • USEF status drop down changes:
    • Removed JAS (Joined at show), F (Foreign), EC (Equine Canada).
    • Added OPP (Opportunity)

  • New USHJA status drop down added with the following codes:
    • EC=Equine Canada,
    • EX=Exempt,
    • F=Foreign,
    • JAS=Joined at show,
    • OPP=Opportunity,
    • SP=Show pass
Reports:
  • "1099 Income forms" alignment adjusted vertically to match 2023 forms.
  • "Class Sheets Compact", "Class sheets" display a padlock icon and highlight the entry number and horse name if the show Entry has the "Account Locked" flag check-marked.
  • "Dressage Class Rider Labels" adjusted to handle long dressage class names that wrap.
  • NEW - "Dressage Class Rider Labels - 2x4" added. Same as "Dressage Class Rider Labels" but formatted for 2" x 4" 10 per sheet labels.
  • "Judges cards - Open Breed Format" now includes the names of each judge assigned to the class.
  • "Judges cards - Open breed format - blank" includes a space for Judge's signature and Judge's USEF number
  • "Judges cards - non jumper - blank" includes a space for Judge's signature and Judge's USEF number
  • "Prize List" - includes subtotals and grand total of prize money offered in each class type, division type, and an overall grand total.
  • "Ring schedule - compact" no longer suppresses the entry count if there are zero entries in the class.
  • "Trainer Check-in" paper size definition changed to standard 8-1/2 x 11 to resolve problem on some printers.
  • "Score Sheet Hunter - Non FEI" and "Score Sheet Jumper - Non FEI" will now populate the "Round 1" column with any non-zero value that is currently recorded in the "Score" column in class results.
    This is useful for multi-round classes where you want to record the score at the end of a round and then reprint the score sheets listing the current score for each entry.

  • NEW - "Signatures by entry" in the "Show / Entries" reports folder:
  • This report lists the status of signatures used on entry agreements and waivers for each entry.
  • Options are provided to include/exclude person details for each entry, and to limit the report to only unsigned entries, only signed entries, or all entries.
  • The report provides details on each signature including the the name of the person signing, their text signature, the date/time the signature was submitted, the IP address it was submitted from, and the browser identity it was submitted using.
  • "Winnings by Payee - all shows" in the "Global" reports folder now includes the payee email address and phone number.

Riders Grid:
  • New column "USHJA No" added
Show Manager:

New columns added to "Entries"  that list:the following Signature status information for each entry:

  • Sigs OK - Checkbox indicating if all signatures have been received.
    This cell will be green if all signatrues received, or pink if you are still waiting for signatures for 1 or more people on the entry.
  • Sigs Waiting - the number of signatures you are waiting on for the entry
  • Signed Count - the number of signatures you have received
  • People count - the number of unique people related to the entry


Show Properties - Judges and Officials:
  • The "Judges" list is now named "Judges and Officials".
    Especially for USEF shows, this is the list of judges and other officials that can be selected for Judges or Course designers in each class.

  • A new field has been added "USEFno" to each judge / official you define.
    Record the Judge's USEF number if the show is a USEF show.
    Every judge's USEF number is required for results reporting to USEF.

Show Properties - Governing Organization:
  • USEF has dropped their problem ridden "new" api that required a "software key".
    The Software key field has been removed from the USEF section on the Governing Orgs tab.
Show Properties - Options:
  • NEW Checkbox option added to Show Properties / Options tab, "Send signature requests by SMS". When checkmarked, and assuming the show has SMS text messaging enabled, HSO will send signature requests by SMS text message as well as email. If unchecked, signature requests will be sent by email only.

Show Properties - Online entry settings:

  • A new checkbox "Require signatures" has been added on the "Basic" tab of online entry settings.
    When this checkbox is checked, HSO will enforce collection of signatures during the online entry wizard.
    For USEF shows, signatures are always required and this setting has no effect.
Show Properties - SMS settings:

  • A new SMS messaging setting "SMS Provider" in HSS show properties lets you choose Twilio OR HSO.
  • We recommend you use "HSO" as the provider.
    • You will need to purchase an SMS annual subscription at HorseShowsOnline to use HSO as your text provider.
    • Per-text message sent / received will be billed to your show account after the show is complete.
    • You can continue to use your own Twilio account, assuming you have been able to properly register a 10DLC campaign, brand etc.
Show Registration Wizard - SMS subscription:

When registering your show, there is a new "SMS subscription " step.
If you purchased an HSO SMS subscription make sure you select  your subscription.


Signature Tool:
  • New "Signature Tool" item on the main HSS "Data" menu.
  • The Signature Tool lets you:
    • Review signatures received for all entries
    • Send / resend a request for signature from people on each entry.
    • Print the USEF liability release waiver form including the signature information for a person that has provided their signature.

  • You can also launch the Signature Tool by:
    • Right clicking any entry in Show Manager to review the signatures for a single entry.
    • Clicking the "Signature Tool" button on the "People" tab in Entry Editor.

Trainers Grid:
  • New column "USHJA No" added

USEF Agreement in online entry settings:
  • The latest USEF entry form agreement has been integrated into the "Entry Agreement" page in show properties / online entry settings.

USEF Results export:
  • Results export updated to 2024 USEF format, which adds 16 new columns of information including Horse fall and Rider fall.
  • There are new special fault codes in the class results screen to indicate horse or rider fall which USEF requires you to report: 96=Rider fall, 95=Horse fall
  • USEF requires you to provide couse designers for each class. The export includes up to 2 course designers for each class.
  • USEF requires judge and other officials USEF numbers to be reported.
     HSS will warn you if you are exporting results and there are either no judges / course designers, or some judges / course designers do not have a USEF number listed in the show properties.
  • Configure Judges and officials on the "Judges and Officials" tab in the show properties screen.
    Each judge / official has a USEF number field. Make sure you are using a VALID USEF number for each official.

  • HSS will warn you if you try and export results to USEF and one or more classes do not have any judges assigned OR any of the assigned judges do not have a USEF number.
  • Judges for a class are defined in Class editor for each class
    OR you can select the judges for a class in the Class results screen on the "Class, Prize, Judges settings" tab
    OR you can use the Class Judges tool on the main HSS "Data" menu to assign judges to multiple classes all at once.


View and Print Online entries:
  • Updated to includes signatures on the entry form.
  • TIP: use the "View Current" selection in the screen to ensure the signatures are based on the latest information and signatures for the entry which are unlikely to be included on the entry form when it was submitted since those signatures need to be collected from exhibitors after the entry was submitted.
  • The entry form will highlight in pink in the sigatre area of the entry blank where a signature is missing for a person.

NEW SMS Text Messaging using HSO

Changes in the SMS industry - how it affects you:

Recent changes in the SMS industry and the primary US cell carriers have imposed new regulations in an effort to cut down on spam texts. (IE:10DLC brand, campaign registration, and related opt-in/out rules and requirements) .

Option 1: Use your own Twilio SMS account:

Many show managers have previously used their own Twilio account to send text messages to exhibitors from HSS.
Prior to the new regulations this was a relatively simple and inexpensive solution that integrated easily into HSS to allow you to send text messages.
You can continue to use Twilio to send text messages from HSS.

Understand the following issues:

  • The new 10DLC regulations require time consuming and difficult setup procedures and technical challenges beyond what many show managers are willing to undertake.
  • The new regulations are universal - it is not Twilio Specific. 
  • ALL A2P (Application to Person)  text messaging systems in North America must comply or they will not be able to deliver text messages
  • If you currently have a Twilio SMS account, you must make sure you have properly registered your brand, campaign and have been approved for 10DLC messaging.
  • Without 10DLC approval the cell carriers will filter / block any texts you send.
  • Contact Twilio if you need assistance with 10DLC compliance.


Option 2 - NEW - Use HSO to send your text messages.

In light of the new SMS regulations, HorseShowsOnline has created an alternative service you can use - Send your SMS messages via HorseShowsOnline.

To use HSO for text messaging services you need the following:

  • An annual SMS subscription on your account - contact sales for pricing.
  • A signed SMS agreement with TimeSlice Technologies Corporation / HorseShowsOnline.
  • We will provide a local phone number that is exclusive to your account and if possible within an area code of your preference.

Benefits of text messaging through HSO:

  • No setup headaches or technical hurdles.  No 10DLC registration required.
  • You can send messages AND receive text message.
    if people reply or send messages to your text number you will receive the messages in HSS.

SMS Messaging setup:
New SMS messaging features have been provided to make it easy for you to let HorseShowsOnline handle all the SMS text messaging rather than having to setup Twilio account independently.

To use HSO as your SMS provider, you need an "SMS" subscription at HorseShowsOnline.com.  Contact sales for assistance with SMS subscriptions.

Once your SMS annual subscription is purchased we will assign a text number that is unique to your subscription.
When registering your show:
  1. Choose your SMS subscription during the registration wizard process.
  2. Set the "SMS provider” to "HSO" on the "SMS Messaging" tab in the show properties screen.
  3. Publish your show.
Any text messages you send will be delivered and will originate from the phone number that was assigned to your subscription.
Using HSO as your SMS provider also allows receiving text messages as well as sending

Received text messages:
HSS has a new button "SMS received" in the HSO Status panel (Enable the HSO status panel in show properties / options).
  • The "SMS received" button displays the count of new text messages that have been sent to your number.
  • Clicking the button will launch the "Received SMS Text Messages" screen.
  • A new menu item "View SMS messages received" has been added to the "Messaging" main menu which also launches the "Received SMS Text Messages" screen.

The "View SMS received" screen downloads new messages and displays all text messages you have received.
  • If someone sends a text with attachments (EG: Pictures), you can open the picture(s) using the attachment links listed with the text message.
  • You can reply to a text that has been sent by selecting the text from the list of received texts, enter your reply and click the "Send..." button.
 
HSS  April 26, 2023   Version: 3.2023.0424
Collapse/Expand
Changes and Notes
Class editor:
  • Added new class types: "ENGLISH", "HUNTER-UNRATED", "RANCH"
Class Verification:
  • The class verification log file now includes the computer name where the verification was done.
Class Results:
  • The "Class and Prize Groups" tab now lists the class entry fee (Read only) for the class.
Close multiple classes:
  • Any popup warnings when closing multiple classes will now include the class number and class description.
  • The warning that an entry's placing exceeds the number of entries is suppressed when closing multiple classes.
Division Champ Chart Tool:
  • The entry count (excluding scratches) is now listed in the class selection list
Division Editor:
  • A new billing mode added: "Always charge class fees, Never charge division fees"
    • With this mode, HSS will always charge the class entry fees for classes within the division and NEVER charge an amount for the division entry fee for the division.
    • If an amount is specified in the "Division entry fee" field it will be ignored.
  • Added new division types: "ENGLISH", "HUNTER-UNRATED", "RANCH"
Entry Editor:
  • The entry journal will now list entry number changes on the "Journal" tab.
    • You must enable the "Journal" checkbox in the show's settings if you want to keep track of changes to entry records in the journal.
  • A new checkbox "W9 on record" added to the prize payee section.
    • Use this checkbox to indicate if you have a W9 tax form on file for the payee.
    • If the prize payee is linked to an owner record, the checkbox will reflect what is on file in the linked owner's record.
    • For online entries that are imported where the payee is flagged as a "manual entry", the checkbox will reflect the "W9 on record" flag of the person (owner, rider, trainer) that is on file at the time the online entry was accepted.
Split and transfer fees - Undo feature added:
  • You can now Undo a fee split that was previously applied.
    • Undoing a split will reverse all fee transfers for all entries the split was applied to by posting reversing fee amounts back to the original source entry the amount was transferred from and corresponding fee reversal amounts to each entry that the transfer orignally transferred the amounts to.
    • A fee split Undo can only be done once for a fee split.
    • To view and/or undo fee splits, open the entry, select the "Fees" tab, and click the "View Fee Split and Transfer History" button.
  • To split and transfer fee amounts to other entries, right click on the entry you want to transfer balances from in Show Manager and select "Split balance and transfer to other entries".
Horses grid:
  • USHJA number column added
Horse breeds:
  • New breed "PERPAS - Peruvian Paso" added
Horse editor:
  • Standard association number fields added, identical to the Person edit screen.
  • New association number fields added to allow a horse to have up to 3 local association / association numbers.
HSS Main screen:
  • A new "HSO status" status bar has been added to the bottom status bar area of the main HSS screen.
    • This "HSO Status" bar displays the following information for the current show:
      • Count of Online entries that have not been processed yet (Submitted, but not yet downloaded to the show).
      • Count of Add/Scratch requests that have been submitted but not processed yet.
      • Count of Online invoice payments that have been paid by exhibitors through online checkout, but not yet downloaded to your database.
      • The date you last published the show to HSO.
    • Clicking the available buttons in the status bar will open the appropriate screen to let you process the online entries, add/scratch requests, or online payments.
  • You must checkmark the "Enable HSO real-time status panel" in the show's options in show editor to enable HSO status checking for the show.
    • The HSO status panel will not be displayed if the show has not been published, the show ended more than 30 days ago, the show has not been registered, or you have not enabled HSO real-time status panel in the show's option settings.
    • The status bar will update automatically on a periodic basis, typically every 5 minutes.
    • You can manually update the HSO status by clicking the "HSO Status" button in the status bar.
HSS Main menu - Update associations:
  • A new item on the main File menu added "Update associations".
    • This is used to add any new horse show associations that have been defined at HorseShowsOnline.
    • This is not normally something that you need to do unless instructed by the support staff at Timeslice / HorseShowsOnline.
Online entry settings:
  • USHJA Number added to the list of required association numbers settings for Horse, Owner, Rider, Trainer.
Online entry acceptance:
  • Horse TIP Number is now imported if provided with the online entry AND if the local horse record's TIP number is blank.
  • The search all people button now works even when the only option is "Create new person".
Payments Entry Screen:
  • New column "Open Chk" indicates if the entry has the "Has open check" flag set in the entry record.
Person Editor Screen:
  • New checkbox field added "W9 on record". Use this checkbox to indicate if you have a W9 tax form on file for this person.
  • New association number fields added to allow a person to have up to 3 local association / association numbers.
Prize Groups:
  • New columns "Class Refs", and "Division Refs" display the number of classes and divisions that are referencing each prize group.
  • A new button "Delete Selected" has been added to the "Prizes" screen to let you delete a prize group.
    • HSS will only let you delete a prize group if it is NOT referenced by any classes or divisions.
Reports:

  • New report "Global / Trainer contact information - all shows" added.
    This report lists trainer addresses, phone, and email for trainers associated with all entries in all shows in the database.
  • New report "Show / Financial / Payee W9 Analysis - all entries" added.
    This report lists payees for all entries grouped by whether or not the prize payee has the "W9 on record" checkbox checked.
  • New report "Show / Financial / Payee W9 Analysis - entries with prize money" added.
    This report lists payees for entries that have won prize or addback money grouped by whether or not the prize payee has the "W9 on record" checkbox checked.
  • "Class sheets by Entry - USDA" now has a page break between each class.
  • "Class results" includes Addback prize money and total of Prize + Addback
  • "Class results - Fast print" available from the class results screen, includes Addback prize money and total of Prize + Addback.
  • "Stalls by trainer" and "Stalls by Stable with trainer" reports now include a column for the rider(s) related to the entry.

Show Editor:
  • The "Local Association" field is now a drop down listing known local horse show associations.
    • Choose your local association (if applicable) from the drop down list. This informs HSS about any special characteristics for your show and how horse and people records may use the Association Numbers included with online entries.
Show Manager:
  • The Classes tab now lists the class entry fee for each class.
  • The Classes tab now lists the number of Placings recorded for each class. The value is highlighted in yellow if any placings are listed.
  • New filter added in show manager / Entries tab "Withhold prize money only".  This will filter the list of entries to only those that have the "Withhold prize money" flag checked in their entry record.
  • New filter added in show manager / Entries tab "Barn accounts only".  This will filter the list of entries to only those that have the "Barn account" flag checked in their entry record.
  • New report on popup menu: "Trainer Entry Schedule". 
    • This report lists the entry schedule for all entries related to the trainer. The report lists each ring / date, and the classes, entries, rider and the start position (jump order / order of go) for each entry.

Scoreboard Export:
  • A new field "Main file name" in scoreboard export lets you provide a name for the scoreboard export file for single file (CSV and TXT) export files.
    • The default main file name is "HSSscoreboardExport"
    • Scoreboard export files are always prefixed with "[SBexport yyyy-mm-dd ttttt]" to identify the files as scoreboard export files and the date/time of export.
SQL Queries screen:
  • The sql query screen now displays the current Show ID value and the show name.

USEF Bulk Validation:
  • A new column "Entry Class Count" lists the total number of classes entered for all entries the person or horse is entered in.
  • The column has a filter "Funnel" in the column header to allow you to filter the list.
  • For example you may want to only list people or horses where the entry(ies) the person is related to is entered in 1 or more classes.
  • Horses tab in bulk validation now lets you select fields you want to apply USEF information to for each selected record.
USEF Non-member fee analyzer:
  • The USEF non-member fee analyzer has a new column “Class Count”.
    • “Class Count” is the number of classes (non-scratched) the entry is entered in.
    • The column has a filter funnel to let you filter out entries that are not entered in any classes.
USEF Horse Lookup:
  • USEF lookup has a new "Search date" field. This allows you to change the date of the search at USEF.
    • When a USEF search is done, the show's start date is the default date that USEF will use to determine the horse's USEF status.
    • If a horse is not listed, you can try changing the search date to see if the horse has been registered at USEF at a later date.
USHJA Horse Lookup:
  • USHJA lookup has a new "Search date" field. This allows you to change the date of the search at USHJA.
    • When a USHJA search is done, the show's start date is the default date that USHJA will use to determine the horse's USHJA status.
    • If a horse is not listed, you can try changing the search date to see if the horse has been registered at USHJA at a later date.
  • A minor bug was fixed in the USHJA lookup where you previously needed to click the "Search" button in the lookup screen.

 
HSS  February 10, 2023   Version: 3.2023.0208
Collapse/Expand
Changes and Notes
Class Editor:
  • New class type added "VERSATILITY"

Class results screen:
  • For Dressage classes:
    A new item on the Dressage menu "Set placing based on percentage".
    Similar to the "Set placings by score", this menu item will clear all current placings and then set the placing base on the Percentage.
    Typically you will use the button for each entry in the "Score" column to enter the judge's movement / collective marks which will compute the score and percentage for the test.
    When all entries have been scored you can use one of the "Set placing..." options on the dressage menu to update the "Finish Place" for entries.
  • New standardized HSS scoreboard import from CSV file format added to scoreboard import screen.
    This is the recommended format for CSV files that all scoreboards should export to if possible.
    Scoreboard import format is in CSV (comma separated value) text format.
    There is no header row.
    Each row (line) represents one entry in the results

Field order:
Place, EntryNo, R1Faults, R1Time, R2Faults, R2Time, R3Faults, R3Time

For R1Faults, R2Faults, R3Faults the following codes are recognized for an entry that did not finish:
WD = Withdrawn
ELIM = Eliminated
RET = Retired

Fields:
=================
Place - Finish placing (Integer). Specify 0 if no placing
EntryNo - Entry number (Back number)
R1Faults - Round 1, Number of faults (decimal) OR one of the above special codes WD,ELIM,RET
R1Time - Round 1, Time in seconds (decimal)
R2Faults - Round 2, Number of faults (decimal) OR one of the above special codes WD,ELIM,RET
R2Time - Round 2, Time in seconds (decimal)
R3Faults - Round 3, Number of faults (decimal) OR one of the above special codes WD,ELIM,RET
R3Time - Round 3, Time in seconds (decimal)

Division Editor:
  • New division type added "VERSATILITY"

Horse editor:
  • New checkbox added "Gaited" beside the horse breed dropdown to indicate if this horse/breed should be considered as Gaited. Primarily this is used for dressage reports
  • New breeds added: "HSB - Half Saddlebred", "RH - Racking Horse"

Entry Editor:
  • The USEF status tab for an entry now includes a new column "Membership Type" for people.
  • When a show pass is valid for a person the Membership Type column will display "Show Pass Valid for Comp USEF ID"

MOS Scoring:
  • Resolved problem where breaking ties was not consistent under very specific circumstances.
  • Each placing in the editor will now display a circle, checkmark, or X to better visualize how the scoring is computed similar to manually scoring.
  • A new button lets you print the "MOS Position Chart" used for manually scoring for reference. This report also briefly explains how MOS scoring is performed.
  • A new button lets you "Clear" the current judge results. This does not save any changes, it just clears the form.
  • The judge results input screen has 14 fixed rows for entering judge results instead of dynamically adding rows on demand.

Online Entry:
  • Online entries screen provides name, email, and phone number fields to allow you to easily copy those fields to the clipboard. For example: Use copy / paste to an email you want to send to the person that submitted the entry.
  • When accepting an online entry, HSS provides a drop down for each person listing possible existing matches in your local HSS database, and an option to create a new person.
    There is a new button on the drop down to let you select any person in your local HSS database.

Reports:
  • New report "Dressage Circuit Division Rankings by rider type and gaited" added to Show / Results folder.
    This report ranks horse and rider for dressage classes grouped by circuit points division related to each class and based on the percentage scored for each entry.
    The report is subgrouped by Rider Type AND the GAITED flag for the horse. For example PRO and PRO-GAITED
  • New report "Class sheets by Entry - USDA" added to Show / General folder.
    This report lists class entries grouped by Class number with Horse, Horse Breed Reg No, Owner, Rider, Trainer names, full mailing addresses and the Trainer's USEF number and Local Association number.
  • New report "Suspect payee tax numbers - all entries" added to Show / Finance folder.
    This report is the same as report "Suspect payee tax numbers - all entries" except that it lists ALL entries that have a suspected bad SSN number instead of just entries that have actually won prize money and also have a suspected bad SSN.
    This is useful for screening all entreis in the show that appear to have a missing or possibly invalid SSN number recorded for the entry's payee.
  • "Winnings by Division" report now includes Addback money and a total of regular prize money plus Addback money awarded.
  • "Winnings and Prizes by Division" report now includes Addback money and a total of regular prize money plus Addback money awarded.
  • Judges cards have new write-in field for judge to write in their USEF number.
USEF Bulk validation / USEF Competition status analyzer:
  • A new column "Membership Type" added for people.
    When a show pass is valid for a person the Membership Type column will display "Show Pass Valid for Comp USEF ID"
  • New buttons added to the "Entry Number" columns AND to the "Entry List" column in all screens
    • Clicking these buttons will open a review screen listing all the entries referenced, list the basic entry information and a details listing all the classes entered and fees charged.
    • The "Entry List" screen has a button for each entry listed that when clicked will open the full entry editor for the entry.
      • You can edit and save changes in the main entry edit screen as you normally would. Changes will not be reflected in the entry list until it is reopened.
      • Changes to entry records in the main bulk editor or competition analyzer will not be updated until you either refresh the data or reopen the validation or analyzer.

USEF Results Export:
Column H in the export file ("Fence Height") will populate with the default fence height for the class, OR if a fence height is specified for an entry in class results, the fence height specified for the entry.
The value is in decimal and is in inches or meters depending on the measurement type specified in the class record.


 
HSS  December 27, 2022   Version: 3.2022.1227
Collapse/Expand
Changes and Notes
AQHA related changes:
For AQHA shows, several new features have been added:
  • AQHA Class picker added to class records to select the AQHA Class Code for a show class
  • Show Judge records have a new column "Show Number" to designate a unique show number / identity value for each show. This unique show number allows HSS to segregate the results by judge when exporting results to AQHA.

Class results for AQHA multi-judge:
  • The class results screen has a new button "MULTIJUDGE". This allows you to record placings for each judge assigned to the class.
  • A new menu item "Multi-Judge" provides results entry and reports for Multi-Judge shows.
  • A new button on the main class results toolbar "Multi Judge" lets you input result for each judge assigned to the class.
  • A multi-judge class lets you record placings from different independent judges.
  • HSS will compute the points awarded to each placed entry for each judge.
  • The total points from each judge for each entry are added together to determine the overall placings for entries in the class based on the total points each entry received from all judges.
  • AQHA results export will segregate / report as required for each judge in the show.

CC Processing:
  • New diagnostic field "Error Details" provides additional transaction information for failed Ecommerce transactions to assist diagnosing problems processing card failures.
  • Elavon Commerce Web services (EMV card reader) support will now search for card readers if no card reader is reported by CWS initially.
  • New utility CWStestUtility.exe added to allow running tests against Elavon's Commerce Web Services (CWS) for testing EMV card readers (Moby 5500, Lane 3000 / 5000)

Cheques / Checks:
  • Checks screen has a new checkmark column "Withhold". The checkmark will be checked and the row highlighted in red if the related Entry has "Withhold prize money" flag checkmarked.
  • A new checkbox to filter checks "Include withheld cheques" to show or hide cheques where the related entry record has "Withhold prize money" checkmarked. The default is unchecked.
  • Cheque labels will include a large watermark "WITHHOLD" will be printed on the label if the "Withhold prize money" is checkmarked in the entry record related to the cheque.
  • Cheque labels are sorted by "Payable to"
  • Cheques will print "WITHHOLD" underneath the cheque number and cheque date if the "Withhold prize money" is checkmarked in the entry record related to the cheque.
  • Cheque export to "Generic tab delimited list" which can be opened in Excel, includes new remark column "Rem6" usually containing addback details and "Withhold" column which is set to "True" if the entry record has the "Withhold prize money" checkmarked.

Class Editor:
  • New dropdown added "AQHA Class". For AQHA shows, select the AQHA class code for the class. This is the AQHA class that will be used when exporting results to AQHA and will also determine if this is considered an AQHA class.

Classes screen:
  • Focus is now automatically set to the class number search field.
  • Filter textboxes have moved to the top of the screen.

Class results screen:
  • A new column "Addback Prize" added to list the addback prize amount (if any) applicable to each entry.
  • HSS will highlight the entry number, entry name, Prize, and Addback prize cells in class results editor if the "Withhold prize money" flag is check marked for an entry.

Circuit Properties Editor:
  • User will be prompted for confirmation when "Auto-create" features are used to ensure the user has an opportunity to cancel the reset / creation of circuit divisions.

Division Editor:
  • Rating field supports additional ratings: LOCAL, RATED, NONRATED, A/AA, B/C
  • Changing the name of a division will force HSS to regenerate invoices for all entries that are in classes in the division to ensure any division billing fees use the new name on invoices.

Divisions Grid:
  • Rating column added. Lists the rating for each division.

Entry Editor:
  • Entry editor will now popup a warning if SSN is blank instead of forcing you to fix the field before you can save.
    You can always allow blank SSN by setting the “Allow blank federal number” option in show properties.
  • Scratching a horse will remove all riders from the entry that are not referenced by any classes.
  • New flags checkbox "Has Open Check" added. This lets you flag if the entry has an open check on file. This flag is listed in show manager for each entry
  • New flags checkbox "Withhold prize money" added.
    When checkmarked, any prize money cheques will be flagged as "Withhold" and if still printed or exported will indicate the cheque should be withheld until unchecking this flag in the entry record. Review details in the "Cheques / Checks" notes above.

    For shows that use "Apply prize money to invoices", any prize money or addback money will NOT be deducted from an entry's invoice if the "Withhold prize money" flag is set for the entry. Unchecking the Withhold prize money and saving the entry record will update the entry's invoice and apply the prize / addback prize money.
  • You can set a “Primary” rider (the default rider) in entry editor using the new button listed with each rider in the Riders list to select which rider is the default / primary rider for the entry.
    When adding a rider into classes on the classes tab, the rider selection will default to the designated primary rider.

Equine Canada:
  • Results export updated with column changes required by EC for 2023 shows.
  • Person lookups now include "Safe Sport Training Completed" flag, and highlight that property in red if the value is not "True"

Feed Entry screen:
  • New button added "Preview Invoices". This button will display invoices for all entries currently listed in the entries grid.

FEI Results export:
  • Column O, R, U will now output 0 (zero) instead of blank if R1 points, R2 points, or R3 points is zero respectively.

Horse Editor:
  • When using USEF Validation, HSS will only overwrite an existing USHJA number in the horse record if USEF provides a non blank USHJA number.

Online entry activation:
  • The bulk entry activation wizard now allows you to sort and print the final grid that lists the activation results for each entry that was selected for activation.

Online entry download:
  • The USEF Status for people will highlight in red if the status is "NOT ELIGIBLE FOR SHOW PASS/MEMBERSHIP" or "INELIGIBLE FOR SHOW PASS – MUST BECOME MEMBER"
  • When accepting an online entry, the "Invoice TO" setting (IE: OWNER, RIDER, TRAINER) HSS will now respect the setting instead of always setting the Invoice TO for the entry to OWNER.
    If the show is set to "RIDER" and there are multiple riders on the entry, the first rider alphabetically by last name will be chosen as the person to invoice.
    When Invoice TO is set to "RIDER" and there are either no riders on a horse entry or for BARN entries (which never have a rider) the Invoice To will be set to OWNER.

Ring Scheduler:
  • New search feature added to help you easily find a class number within the entire schedule including the "Unscheduled classes" list:
    • New “Class number search” field added.
    • Click on the Class number search textbox OR press the F2 key to put the focus on the new search textbox
    • Enter the class number you want to find in the schedule and press the Enter key.
    • HSS will find the class number (if valid) in any of the lists including the “Unscheduled” classes list.
    • HSS will put the correct ring / day into view if it’s outside the viewing area, briefly flash the list in red, and select the class in the list.
  • The detailed ring schedule report now handles partial minutes instead of rounding to the nearest minute when computing times and will report down to the second in the report. This is particularly important when the trip time has been set to something like 2.5 minutes.
  • The detailed ring schedule will no longer add minutes for model or undersaddle classes if there are no entries in the class. Model and undersaddle classes otherwise apply the default time for undersaddle classes as a single timespan regardless of the number of entries.

Reports:

  • New report: "Global / Circuit Points - Crosstab" - The report is a global circuit points reports listing points by horse in a compact horizontal crosstab format.
  • New report: "Global / Winnings by Show with details - All shows" - The report lists all winnings paid grouped and subtotalled by show and then prize payee. Dormant shows are excluded.
  • "Prize money payees" report has new columns for Addback and total of Prize + Addback.
  • "Payees with suspect federal tax numbers" includes total of Prize + Addback.
  • "Addback Paid" report updated to reflect change to addback money being awarded as prize money instead of invoice fee credit.
  • "Jumper Money with add back" report updated to reflect change to addback money being awarded as prize money instead of invoice fee credit.
  • "Class sheets" will now include the class specification related to the class (if any).
  • "Winnings by Entry" report now lists addback money won.
  • "Winnings by Horse" report now lists addback money won.
  • "Winnings by Owner" report now lists addback money won.
  • "Winnings by Owner with page breaks" report now lists addback money won.
  • "Global / Winnings by Class - All shows" report now lists addback money won. Dormant shows are excluded.
  • "Global / Winnings by Horse - All shows" report now lists addback money won. Dormant shows are excluded.
  • "Global / Winnings by Owner - All shows" report now lists addback money won. Dormant shows are excluded.
  • "Global / Winnings by Payee - All shows" report now includes addback money won. Dormant shows are excluded.
  • "Global / Winnings by Payee with details - All shows" report now includes addback money won. Dormant shows are excluded.
  • "Circuit points - Hunter", "Circuit points - Jumper", "Circuit points - Equitation", "Circuit - Jumper Money", reports list details grouped and summarized first by show, and then by class.
  • Invoices:
    • Coggins date is shown in invoice header area beside the horse name.
    • Addback prize money will now be listed in the "Results" section of the invoice and is treated as prize money rather than as a credit on invoices.
  • "Scoresheet Hunter - Non FEI" and "Scoresheet Jumper - Non FEI", "Jump Order", and "Jump Order - simplified" now have black grid lines instead of light grey to improve readability.
  • "Trainer fee split form" has new column "Stall" which lists the information from the "Stall" field for the entry
  • "Trainer fee split form" bolds the horse name for improved clarity.
  • New Report: Winnings and Prizes by Division in reports explorer under Show \ Results.
    This report lists the prize money awarded and prize money offered grouped and summarized by Class Type, Rating (EG: LOCAL, A, B, C etc), Division

Show Manager:
  • The Entries tab has a new column "Withhold Prize Money" to indicate if the flag is set in the entry record to withhold prize money. The cell is highlighted in red if the flag is checkmarked.
  • The Entries tab has a new column "Open Check" to indicate if the "Has Open Check" flag is set in the entry record.
  • The Riders tab will automatically set focus to the rider name search field when the Riders tab is selected. The rider name search has moved to above the grid to be consistent with Entries layout.
  • The Find horse textbox will now correctly set the horse search popup to the text you entered in the main show manager screen.

Show Properties:
  • New field "Show No" added to each Show Judge on the "Judges" tab in show properties.
    The show number is used for AQHA shows that have multiple judges and results are exported for each individual judge.
  • New button "Import Settings" in Show editor lets you import various show options, payment settings, SMS text settings, and online entry settings from a different HSS show.
    This helps you more quickly setup a new show using the same settings as a previous show. The import wizard lets you select a show from the current show database or from another HSS show database.
  • Online entry settings has 2 new checkboxes in payment settings to suppress charging convenience fee on Deposits and on Regular fees.

USHJA:
  • The person lookup screen now allows lookups by USEF number

USEF:
  • Results export updated for USEF 2023 template that adds column DN reporting "Add Back Money"
  • Person validation, bulk validation, competition status analyzer highlight USEF Status if the person's status is "NOT ELIGIBLE FOR SHOW PASS/MEMBERSHIP" or "INELIGIBLE FOR SHOW PASS – MUST BECOME MEMBER"

Other changes:
  • Pre-issueing checks to cash for a class is no longer supported. This option has been removed from the class results screen menu.

1099 Income tax records (USA):
  • Addback money is now treated as prize money and will be included in 1099 earnings for 2023 and future shows that use the addback money feature.
  • The "Automatically create 1099 data" screen will now default to the current year if when the current date is on or after June, otherwise it will default to the prior year
  • The "Automatically create 1099 data" screen will now prompt you to specify if you will be using the 1099 merge tool and set the "1099 Minimum earning threshold" to $0.00 if you indicate you will be using the 1099 Merge tool.
  • An important note added to set the threshold amount to zero ($0.00) If you intend to use the 1099 merge tool to merge 1099 data from multiple folders.
    This ensures that all 1099 data is available to the merge tool from all database folders.
    For example someone may have earned below the $600 in one database folder, but when combined with earnings in other folders may have reached the $600 reporting threshold. It is important to set the threshold to zero when your intention is to use the 1099 merge tool to ensure all earnings are available to the 1099 Merge tool.

1099 Merge tool:
  • Corrected a problem where "No databases found" message is displayed and the merge cannot continue.
 
HSS  July 12, 2022   Version: 3.2022.0712
Collapse/Expand
Changes and Notes
Invoicing / OLentry Convenience fee:
Fixed problem where convenience fee charged during online entry submission was charged to an entry but did not list on invoice.

Reports:
  • Class results and Class results-compact reports will now sort correctly if R1Faults is up to 96.
    Faults greater than 96 are considered DNF, WD, or Retired.
    Previously any value over 90 was considered as DNF which affected sort order.
  • New report - Show \ Entries \ Rider Associations - This report lists all riders in the show and their various association numbers.

  • Show Analysis, and Show Analysis Summarized reports now categorize convenience fees (IE: Fee Code *CC-CONVFEE) under "GENERAL" rather than Class entry fees.

 
HSS  June 28, 2022   Version: 3.2022.0626
Collapse/Expand
Changes and Notes
Bulk entry activation:
Resolved problem where conv fee computed / charged at activation time may have rounded down to nearest dollar.

Classes Screen:
  • Added "Bonus Points" to classes grid.

Class Results Screen:
  • A new checkbox "California Split" added to the "Class and Prize settings" tab. This allows you to change the "California Split" setting for the class.
    California Split classes expect multiple entries to be recorded for each placing and apply appropriate prize money computations.
    This is the same flag that can be set in Class records.
  • Multi-Judge Feature Added:
  • A new menu item "Multi-Judge" provides results entry and reports for Multi-Judge shows.
    A multi-judge class lets you record placings from different independent judges.
    HSS will compute the points awarded to each placed entry for each judge.
    The total points from each judge for each entry are added together to determine the overall placings for entries in the class based on the total points each entry received from all judges.
  • Use the "Multi-judge placings" report on the Multi-judge menu to print a report listing the placings from each judge.
  • You can also select this report for multiple classes from Report Explorer / Show / Results.

  • Class results grid has two new columns "EC Class" and "EC Class Type".
    Use the EC Class column to set a specific EC class on an entry by entry basis and the "EC Class Type" field to set a specific EC Class Type on an entry by entry basis.
    This is useful for combined classes where different entries in the class are competing in an EC Class that is different than the default set for the class.
    • If no EC Class is specified for an entry, the entry will use the default EC Class defined in the class record for the purpose of EC Results reporting.
    • If no EC Class Type is specified for an entry, the entry will use the default EC Class Type defined in the class record for the purpose of EC Results reporting.

Credit card processing:
  • Elavon (Virtual Merchant) retail account processing modified to use POST instead of GET when communicating with converge endpoint to conform to changes at Elavon effective July 21, 2022.
  • HSO will now charge the convenience fee when online entries are submitted where an amount is due at entry time AND a convenience fee percentage has been defined for the show.
    Important: For existing shows, you MUST replublish your shows to enable convenience fee processing.

Dressage:
  • Added new 2022 WDAA Dressage tests
  • Added new 2022 USEF and USEA Dressage tests

FEI Results export:
  • HSS will now warn and prevent export if it detects missing FEI number or FEI Country fields for horse and rider.

Horse editor - USEF validation:
  • Resolved problem where Warmblood would change to Australian Warmblood

Reports:
  • New report added: Show / Entries / Entry Labels - for show series - This label report lists all entries for all shows in the same show series as the current show.
  • New report added: Show / Entries/ Entry number assignment for show series by Horse - exceptions
    This report lists horses across all shows in the same show series where the same horse has different entry numbers in different shows in the series.
    This is useful if you need to identify horses that should have the same entry number in each week of a multi-week show.
  • New report added: Show / Entries / Veterinary - FEI Simple - This report lists Entry, Horse name, FEI Passport, Microchip for entries in a class.
  • New report added: Show / Entries / Show Entries By Horse - compact
  • New report added: Show / Entries / Show Entries By Entry - compact
  • New report added: Show / Entries / Show Entries By Trainer - compact
  • New report added: Show / Financial / Prize Money Payees - This report lists Entry, Horse name, Owner, 1st Payment From, Prize Payee, Last 4 digits of SSN/Federal Number.
  • New report added: Show / General / Class Entry Count By Class Type
  • New report added: Show / General / Class Entry Count by Trainer
  • New report added: Show / Results / Multi-judge placings - This report lists the judge placings for classes where multiple judges record different placings in a class.

  • Corrected "Class results - compact" report sorting where an entry is flagged as RET, ELIM, WD in round 2 or round 3.
  • Circuit points - compact removes obsolete age-group column, excludes equitation classes and divisions, and resolves column alignment problem when exporting to excel (data only)
  • Circuit points - compact - equitation removes obsolete age-group column, and resolves column alignment problem when exporting to excel (data only)
  • Trainer Add/Scratch report now lists the full class name instead of an abbreviated description so that trainers can more easily discern the correct class number where class names have very similar descriptions.

Equine Canada:
  • Updated EC classes to most current list.
  • EC Results export updated to include Coach (Trainer in HSS) Passport number to conform to the change in column 113 definition by EC from "OwnerFederation" to "Coach Sport Licence Number".
    If the Trainer related to the entry has a missing or non-numeric EC Sport Licence No then a value of zero "0" will be used in the export data.
  • Corrected problem where a new database did not have latest list of Equine Canada classes in drop down in class editor.
  • Corrected problem where EC class fields could not be reset to empty.
  • Class results screen has two new columns "EC Class", and "EC Class Type".
    • Use the EC Class column to set a specific EC class on an entry by entry basis and the "EC Class Type" field to set a specific EC Class Type on an entry by entry basis. This is useful for combined classes where different entries in the class are competing in an EC Class that is different than the default set for the class.
    • If no EC Class is specified for an entry, the entry will use the default EC Class defined in the class record for the purpose of EC Results reporting.
    • If no EC Class Type is specified for an entry, the entry will use the default EC Class Type defined in the class record for the purpose of EC Results reporting.

USEF Bulk Validation:
  • A new checkbox in the bulk validation screen allows you to only apply USEF information to person record fields that are blank.

USHJA:
  • People and Horse names are now forced to upper case in the event USHJA returns names in lower or mixed case.


 
HSS  March 07, 2022   Version: 3.2022.0307
Collapse/Expand
Changes and Notes
This version introduces a number of important features along with other updates that have been requested.

Important new features:

  • Support for "Barn account entries" at HSO and in HSS.
  • Support for deferring charging specified fees to an exhibitor until you activate their entry.
  • Support for USEF's updated web API - You need to obtain your "USEF Software Key" before August 2022.
  • New USHJA lookup features using USHJA's web API.
  • EMV card present credit card processing for Elavon users - requires hardware from Elavon.

Activate Pending Entries Wizard:

  • A new checkbox column indicates if the entry is a Barn account entry.
  • A new field lets you specify the starting number to assign to "Barn account entries". The default is 8000
Charge credit card at entry activation time:
HSS now allows fees to be flagged that should be billed at the time you Activate an online entry (IE: Changing it from Pending to Active status).
This is useful for fees like Stall fees that you may not want to bill until you have assigned and entry number.

The Activate Pending Entries wizard will compute the amounts due for each fee that is flagged for billing at activation time.
You have the opportunity to review the quantity of each of the fees and can also override the quantity requested by the exhibitor prior to activation / billing.
If the amount due is greater than $0.00, the wizard will popup the credit card charge screen for the entry to allow you to select the payment method to bill.
If the credit card payment fails, you will have the option to try again, accept the entry without charging a card (bill it later), leave the entry in Pending status, or stop processing any further entries.

Class results screen:
  • Scratch / Unscratch an entry with a right click: You can now right click on an entry in class results to scratch an entry from the popup menu.
  • Results entry screen has a new column "Fence Height" to allow entering the fence height.

Credit card processing:
  • Support added for EMV / PIN card swipers for Elavon payment gateway users for card present / retail use.
  • Supported card readers: Moby 5500, Lane 3000, Lane 5000.
  • Card readers must be provisioned by Elavon.
  • You must install Elavon's "Commerce Web Services" on the computer the payment terminal is attached to. The CWS installer is a separate download.
  • Only Elavon is supported at this time.
  • In the show properties screen in HSS on the "Payment processing" tab, set the payment processor to "Virtual Merchant" and set the card reader type to Moby5500, Lane3000, or Lane5000 depending on the card reader/terminal you have been provided with.
  • When using one of the EMV card readers, a new button is shown on the Credit Card payment screen to "Use EMV card reader". Click that button to start the payment process.
  • Follow the prompts indicating when to swipe, insert, or tap the card.

Division Editor:
  • New field for online entry settings: Must enter all classes in division
  • New field for "Max Entries" to define the maximum number of entries permitted in the division before it is considered full. (0=no limit)
  • New field for class defaults: Max entries. Defines the default maximum entries allowed in new classes created in the division. (0=no limit)

Entry Editor:
  • Changing and entry from Pending to Active status now provides a "Cancel" button on the "Select new entry number" popup screen.
    Clicking Cancel in the popup will revert the entry back to Pending status with the original Pending entry number.
  • On the "Classes" tab, the list of all classes has a new column "Age Vfy." indicating if the class requires that the horse's age must be verified.
  • USEF status will now flag / highlight if the horse has no USHJA number listed at USEF.
  • HSS will warn you when attempting to update an entry if the entry is entered in a class that requires horse age verified, but the horse has not been flagged as age verified.

Fee Editor:
  • New checkbox added "Barn Account Fee" - Indicates if the fee is available for selection for online BARN account entries.
  • New checkbox added "Charge fee when pending entry activated - Horse entries" - For regular Horse online entries, indicates if the fee should be charged at the time the entry is activated instead of at entry submission time.
  • New checkbox added "Charge fee when pending entry activated - Barn entries" - For Barn online entries, indicates if the fee should be charged at the time the entry is activated instead of at entry submission time.
  • New checkbox added "Charge when entry activated". When checked, the fee will be charged against online entries when the entry is Activated instead of at online entry submission.
    This is appropriate when you may not accept all online entries and you only want to charge the fee if you activate the entry and assign an entry number.
    The applicable fee amounts will be charged at the time you activate the entry using the bulk activation wizard in HSS.

Horse Editor:
  • New field added for "USHJA Number"
  • Horse validation using USEF number lookup will obtain the USHJA number when doing a USEF lookup for the horse.
  • A new USHJA lookup button beside the USHJA Number field allow validation / search of USHJA system for the horse.

Online entries - Entry Acceptance screen:
  • You can now edit the following while accepting an online entry: Entry Alias, Entry Remark, Account Locked
  • When accepting an online entry you can now edit the quantities for all fees.
    This allows you to modify the quantity requested by the exhibitor or to apply other fees as needed.
    This lets you easily adjust things like late fees and other charges as you process online entries.
  • When accepting a BARN entry, HSS will set the fee quantity for non-barn account fees to zero on barn entries to avoid
    charging fees like USEF fees, Drug fees, Office fees etc that are not appropriate to BARN entries that have a non-zero
    default quantity. You can manually change any fee quantity as needed in the fees list.

Person Editor:
  • New field "USHJA No" added to record USHJA member number.
  • Person validation using USEF number lookup will obtain the USHJA number when doing a USEF lookup for the person.
  • A new USHJA lookup button beside the USHJA Number field allow validation / search of USHJA system for the person.

Reports:

  • Class Entry Exceptions report will now list an exception message "Horse age is not verified" if the class requires age verification AND the horse's record does not indicate the horse's age has been verified.
  • You can use the USEF bulk validation screen to check / update the horse age validation for all horses in the show.
  • New report "Class Proofing - Numeric order" added. Same as the Class Proofing report, but sorted by Division number instead of alphabetically by division name.
  • Class Proofing report is now sorted alphabetically by division name instead of division number. A new column indicates if a class is a model class.
  • Class results report will now list the Place instead of WD, ELIM, RET when special codes are placed in Round 2, or Round 3 faults
    Previously WD, ELIM, RET were listed as the finish place if the special codes (97, 98, 99) were recorded in any of Round 1, Round 2, or Round 3 faults columns.
    WD, ELIM, RET will now only replace the finish place for round 1.
  • Divisions report is now sorted alphabetically by division name instead of division number.
    New columns added "Bill Mode", "USEF Section"
    Classes are listed for each division. If the class is a model or under saddle class then [M] or [US] is appended to the class name.
  • New report "Invoice Fees by Fee Code" in "Reports Explorer \ Show \ Financial"
    This reports lists all fees invoiced, grouped by fee code. Details are listed that show the entry each fee was charged to and the amount.
    The report is based on invoices.
  • Measurement Card Verification revised per USEF rule GR503 to only require annual measurement for horses under 6 years old.
  • Scratched Entries report updated to support both old and new format of scratched entries.
    Old versions of HSS appended "-SCR" to the entry alias for a scratched entry. Newer versions of HSS use ":SCR"
    The report will now list either type of tag on the entry name alias.
  • Trainer check-in report (invoked from show manager / right click) now includes the remark from the entry record if a remark exists.

Show Editor:
  • A new field "USEF Software Key" located on the "Governing Orgs" tab in the USEF section.
    This is where you enter the USEF Software Key provided to you by USEF to allow you to access USEF's database for horse and person lookups, validation etc.
    Obtain this key from the dashboard at USEF. Please contact USEF directly if you need assistance acquiring your software key.
    As of August 2022 you MUST have a software key in order to access the USEF web api.

  • Show Editor - Online entry settings add the following new features:
    • A new section "Barn Entries" to allowing configuring Barn Entry behaviour with the following settings
    • Allow barn account online entries - this allows a person to submit non-horse type entries.
    • Barn entries allow submitting an entry with fee quantity selections for fees that you have flagged as available for Barn entries.
    • Charge visible show fee amounts (barn entries) - determines if the exhibitor should be charged at submission time for fees on a barn entry
    • Deposit amount for barn entries - different from the normal deposit amount for Horse entries. Default is $0.00

Show Manager:
  • New column added "Remark". The Remark column will list the first 50 characters of the remark recorded in the entry record.
    Open the entry to view the full remark in the event it is longer than 50 characters.

USEF Validation:
  • USHJA number is now included for USHJA members and horses in single record validation lookups.
  • USEF Bulk validation includes the USHJA Number reported by USEF for people and horses.
    This allows you to bulk update the USHJA No for people and horse records very efficiently.

USEF API Changes, Limited Access, and Software Key:
  • USEF has introduced a new restriction that limits access to the USEF database for lookups, validation etc.
  • Each show organizer must now obtain their "Software Key". This is done on the USEF website in your dashboard at USEF.
  • USEF will only allow access to their data (their "API") for USEF shows and only to shows that have provided a Software Key.
  • Furthermore, API access is limited to shows within the same USEF show year. In other words if the show was in a prior USEF show year (which runs from Dec 1 through Nov 30 rather than a calendar year) you will not be able to access the API when the current date is in the new show year.
  • HSS has a new field "Software key" in show properties as noted above in the "Show editor" notes.
    You should ensure that you have also entered the correct USEF Competition number in show properties in the "Governing Orgs" tab in the USEF section.
    USEF will be shutting down the old API as of Aug 2022 - it is important that you obtain and begin using the USEF software key in order to access USEF.
    Contact USEF directly if you need assistance obtaining your Software Key.


USHJA Lookups:
  • New items on the USEF menu: "USHJA Horse lookup" and "USHJA Person lookup".
    These screens allow you to lookup information at USHJA for a person or horse by USHJA number, by USEF number, or by horse name or person name.
    USHJA only provides limited information: Membership status, USHJA No, USEF no.

View and Print Online Entries:
  • New columns added for Entry Type (HORSE or BARN), Owner, and Trainer. This allows you to see as well as filter the list by owner and/or trainer
  • A new Fees filter
  • New fee filter checkbox list:
    • Check-marking fees in the list will restrict the list of entries to only those entries that CURRENTLY have a non-zero value for ANY of the check-marked fees.
      EG: Checking STALL FEE and also checking USHJA SHOW PASS FEE will list all entries where the entry has a STALL FEE OR a USHJA SHOW PASS FEE


Windows Version Support:
HSS requires Microsoft .Net framework 4.72 or higher to be installed on the user's computer.
Virtually all up to date Windows 10 (build 1803) or later versions of Windows already include version .Net Framework version 4.72 or later.
The HSS installer will check for the correct Microsoft .Net Framework during installation, and prompt to install it from Microsoft if not found. The .Net Framework is supported on Windows 7 (assuming all windows updates have been installed), 8, 10, 11 and later versions of Windows.

We recommend that users are using a fully updated version of Windows 10 or Windows 11.  Microsoft no longer supports earlier versions of Windows (EG: WIndows 7)



 
HSS  October 10, 2021   Version: 3.2021.1008
Collapse/Expand
Changes and Notes
Champ Chart Tool:
  • New buttons on the champ chart screen let you save / reset the default points values used for standard and bonus points.
  • Champ chart results report now includes the rings associated with each class in the report.

Class Editor:
  • The "Fence Height" field is highlighted with a red background if no fence height has been specified. Note that USEF generally requires a fence height be specified for all classes.
  • Resolved obscure problem where prize group selection would get cleared when changing tabs in the class edit screen during new class creation.

Classes grid:
  • The "Fence Height" column is highlighted with a red background if no fence height has been specified for a class.
  • The "USEF Section" column is highlighted with a red background if no USEF section code has been specified for a class.

Class results screen:
  • A new checkbox lets you optionally view the trainer name for each entry.
  • Jump order editors - manual and drag and drop, now include the trainer name and the rider name in the list of entries.

Divisions grid:
  • The "USEF Section" column is highlighted with a red background if no USEF section code has been specified for a class.

Division editor:
  • The class defaults "Fence Height" column is highlighted with a red background if no default fence height has been specified.

Horse Editor:
  • When doing a USEF lookup, if USEF returns a blank FEI passport number or FEI reg no it will not ovewrite the FEI number currently recorded in the horse's record with the blank data from USEF.

Payment entry screen:
  • Entries that have been flagged as "Locked" are highlighted in yellow when listed in the payment entry screen.
    This provides a visual cue that you may need to review the locked account.

Person Editor:
  • When doing a USEF lookup, if USEF returns a blank FEI passport number it will not ovewrite the FEI number currently recorded in the person's record with the blank from USEF.
  • USEF validation from a person record has a new panel that lists only the fields that differ between HSS and USEF.
    • Each field that doesn’t match has a checkbox to let you choose which fields to update in HSS.
    • By default all mismatched fields are checked.
    • Fields where USEF has no data are ignored, preventing you from overwriting an HSS field with blank data from USEF.

Show Properties:
  • New checkbox on the "Options" tab of show properties to "Allow blank federal number (Social Security No)" in entries for the prize payee.
    For shows that do not offer prize money, or otherwise do not need to record a federal tax number (IE: SSN, SIN) this checkbox can be checked to prevent entry editor from forcing you to provide a federal number for the prize payee.

Reports:
  • Class Labels report now respects the sorting selection you select in reports explorer (IE: Scheduled ring and date, OR just by class number).
  • Class results AND Class results-compact reports now group entries that did not finish (EG: no placing, ELIM, WD, RET, SCR) after entries that did place.
  • New report added "Entries - Horse Breed" to reports explorer under Show / Entries.
    This report lists all non-barn account entries in the show with the horse's breed, breed registry number, Sire, Dam, and Owner.
  • New report added "Invoice Fees by trainer" to the Show / Financial reports. This lists fees invoiced for each entry grouped and summarized by trainer.
    This report will list all fees charged, including class and division entry fees.
  • New report added "Winnings by Class - all shows" to the GLOBAL reports.
    This lists winnings by class number + class name across all shows.
  • New report added "Winnings by Horse - all shows" to the GLOBAL reports.
    This lists winnings by horse name across all shows.
  • Rider labels report will now allow up to 4 lines of class numbers and still print if there are more than 4 lines of classes entered instead of leaving the classes entered list blank if it wouldn't fit in the available label area.

USEF:
  • Lookups, validation and related features that access USEF's system are restricted to USEF shows.
    The governing body must be set to USEF and a valid USEF number must be configured in the show's properties.
  • New entry agreement effective Oct 1, 2021 applied to online entry settings.
  • New waiver agreement applied to HorseShowsOnline waiver submission wizard. Effective Oct 1, 2021
  • Results export will now include a class record even when there are no un-scratched entries in the class, assuming you leave the "Include classes with no entries" checkbox checked.

USEF Results Export:
  • The fence height is now listed for each class and highlighted in red if there is no fence height defined for a class.
  • The USEF section code is now listed for each class and highlighted in red if there is no section code defined for a class.
  • Columns added indicating model and undersaddle classes.
  • USEF Export screen has a new drop down to select which Association number field (EG: AssocNo, ASHA, AHA etc.) should be used for Owners and Trainers for the "Rider Breed Affiliate No." and "Owner Breed Affiliate No." in the USEF export file. Columns AD and AM respectively in the USEF export file.
  • When exporting USEF results, a warning will list the number of classes with a missing fence height (model and under saddle classes are excluded) AND the number of classes with a missing section code.


 
HSS  August 03, 2021   Version: 3.2021.0803
Collapse/Expand
Changes and Notes
Email Tool:
  • The email tool now lists the DOB (date of birth) and AGE for each person.
  • The email tool is found on the Data menu in HSS.
  • Use the email tool to export email and addresses to a list you can copy and paste directly into an email or other mail program, OR export the list to an Excel worksheet.
  • Use the filter boxes in the column headings to restrict the export to only those people that are of a certain age.
    For example you may want to export a list of email addresses intended only for adults. Just type in 18 in the "Age" heading and the list will filter to only people 18 and older.

Exports:
  • Corrected problem where save file dialogue had incorrrect ".csv" or ."txt" filter that may cause a file name getting saved with an extra parenthesis in filename.

SMS send dialogues:
  • Corrected typo "send nessage" to send "message"

System:
  • Improved error logging for HSO connectivity to better diagnose problems on system with exceptionally slow internet (EG: Satellite / XploreNet etc.)
  • Refer to the Windows Application Event log using Windows Event Viewer for HSS connection failure errors if unable to connect when registering or using other functions that rely on internet connectivity.
  • The PING timeout to test for connectivity to HSO has been increased from the default 500ms to 8000ms when testing internet connectivity to HSO.
    It is important that any routers / firewalls allow PING requests to pass through the network and are not blocked.
  • HSOserviceTest utility has a new feature to test PING success / failure.

USEF Bulk Validation:
  • Fake USEF numbers longer than 10 characters are now filtered out and considered invalid USEF numbers.


 
HSS  July 09, 2021   Version: 3.2021.0709
Collapse/Expand
Changes and Notes
Class results entry screen:
  • The "Results entry" screen, launched from the class results screen, now lists the start position for each entry.
    This is a sortable column so that you can sort by start position, entry number etc in order to suit your preference.
Credit card processing:
  • A new checkbox in Show Editor / Payment processing allows you to enable / disable auto printing of credit card receipts when processing card present payments.

HSS Database Utility:
The utility can be used to copy an existing HSS database to a new folder and select only specific shows that you want copied.
  • This is useful for creating a new database where you would like to delete specific shows.
  • For overly large databases, this is a great way to create a new and smaller database by purging shows you no longer need in the database.
  • The original database is not changed.
  • Only shows that you select will be copied to the new database.
  • This utility can be launched from the Windows start menu in the "HSS Show Software" folder, or directly by executing HSSdbUtility.exe in the C:\HSSV3 folder.
Entry editor:
  • When a horse is scratched completely in entry editor, the horse alias name will now use a space instead of hyphen between ":SCR <date>" to improve word wrap.

Equine Canada:
EC Classes and related information updated with latest EC class information.

Exports:
NEW - "Export jump order" item on the main HSS / Export menu.
Select and export the jump order for multiple classes to CSV formatted file.
The CSV file can be opened in Excel and lists the following columns for each class:
ClassNo, ClassName, StartPos, EntryNo, RiderFirstName, RiderLastName, RiderFEIno, RiderUSEFno, RiderECno, RiderFEIcountry, HorseName, HorseFEIno, HorseUSEFno, HorseECno

Fee Entry Screen:
  • A new option added "<Manually Specified Entries>" which is now the default, clears the list of entries.
    In this mode, you need to manually specify the entry numbers to adjust.
  • If "<All entries>" mode is selected, then all entries will be listed but the "Fee Totals" for the entire show will not be visible.
    This is to protect disclosure of the show's sensitive billing information to users.
Fees and Fee edit screen:
  • Improved the update speed when adding a new fee with a quantity of zero.
    When adding a new fee where the default quanity is zero, HSS will skip regenerating all invoices.
  • A new caption is displayed during fee updates so you know work is in progress.
  • In general you are encouraged to create your show fee structure BEFORE populating entries.
    Try to finalize your fee structure before processing entries.
    HSS must update all entry records when you revise global fees which can be a lengthy process depending on the number of entries in your show.

USEF bulk validation / status analyzer / non-member analyzer:
Resolved problem where bulk lookups would fail if an exhibitor or user entered an exceptionally large (and invalid) USEF number.

Reports:
Trainer Add/Scratch will show a "See office..." message for each entry that has been "Locked".

Show Manager:
NEW - Search all horses and add entry.
  • The old "All horses" list in show manager has been replaced with a new field to search all horses.
  • Enter some text to search and click the Enter key or double click the search field.
  • HSS will open the "Select Horse" screen with a list of all horse where the search text is found in the:
    Horse name, owner name, USEF number, FEI number, or EC number related.
  • The list will isplay how many times the horse is recorded in entries in the show.
  • For horses already entered in the show, you can expand the horse details to see the entry number(s) and the owner / trainer details.
  • Double click a horse to create a new entry for the selected horse (or highlight the horse and hit ENTER on your keyboard or click the OK button.

SMS Messaging:
Sending messages to attendees at show now lets you select multiple classes rather than just all classes or a single class.

System:
  • Increased maximum file locks from default of 9,500 to 100,000 to accomodate database updates that generate huge changes to the database.
    EG: Adding a new global fee to a show with 1,000+ entries.
TIN export from 1099 data:
  • The TIN (Taxpayer Identification Number) export when created from the 1099 screen will no longer exclude invalid or missing federal numbers.
    The TIN export is used for export to payee verfication services to ensure the SSN numbers you submit with respect to 1099s are valid.



 
HSS  June 22, 2021   Version: 3.2021.0622
Collapse/Expand
Changes and Notes
1099 Income Forms screen:
  • New "Export TIN" button added to toolbar to export federal number information to a standard TIN file that can be used for validation of taxpayer information by third party services.
Breeds list:
  • Added new breed "AUSWB - Australian Warmblood"
Class results - Order of go import:
  • The "Jump Order" drop down menu and "Jump Order" button in the class results screen has a new item "Import order of go".
    This allows import of order of go in ShowNet format from a standard ShowNet CSV file.
    The file should have one comma delimited row for each entry in the class.
    Each row must have 3 items separated by columns" Class number", "Start Position", "Entry Number"
    EG: 101,1,15 (Class 101, Start=1, Entry=15)

    When there are entries that are in the class but NOT listed in the ShowNet import file, the importwizard will let you specify if the missing entries should go FIRST or LAST (IE: Before or after entries that ARE listed in the import file).

    Entries listed in the import file that do not exist in the class are ignored, but a warning is listed in the import wizard.
Close multiple classes:
  • Increased size of display and column widths for better visibility
Entry Status Notifications:
  • HSS in conjunction with HSO provides a new feature to notify exhibitors of their online entry status.
  • Entry Status Notifications are OFF by default.
  • When enabled, HSO will send notifications to exhibitors when you process their online entries.
  • A notification is sent when a "Submitted" entry is: Rejected, Waitlisted, or Activated (IE: Changed from Pending to Active status) in HSS.
Exports:
  • TIN Export by person now excludes people or payees where the Federal number is blank or all non digits.
Fee Entry Screen:
  • When you use the "Apply Fee Changes" button any manually added entries will be retained in the list so you can continue to apply fee changes to the same list of entries rather than refreshing the list based on the currently selected owner, trainer or rider. This makes it easier to continue working with the same list of entries.
  • You can now manually add OR delete entries in the list by entering the entry number and pressing the + (plus) or - (minus) keys on your keypad/keyboard.
  • New buttons have been added to clear the list of entries or select all entries in the show.

  • These changes make it very efficient to review specific fee amounts for all or groups of entries in the show all at once.
HSO Control Panel:
  • There is a new toggle switch to turn Entry Status Notifications on or off.
  • HSO can send notifications to exhibitors when you process online entries or activate entries in HSS (Change from Pending to Active status in show manager).
  • If you enable Entry Status Notifications, HSO will send an email to the exhibitor (the person that is the "Contact" in the show entry) to inform them when you activate an entry and assign an entry number, when you reject an online entry, or when you waitlist an online entry.

  • It is important to understand that if you turn entry status notifications on, then HSO will send all notifications that may have occurred prior to turning the notification feature on.
Mailing labels:
  • Corrected problem where mailing labels screen may not load list of people / entries.
Online Entries:
  • Online entry download optimized for large lists of entries. Entry information should now download within seconds.
  • HSS will download the list of all entries, and only download the full entry for processing on demand instead of downloading all information at once.
  • Online entry download screen now displays the data AND time the entry was submitted. This allows you to see a more precise submission date and time.
  • Process online entries screen has a new option to "Waitlist" an entry.
    This allows you to "park" the entry at HSO with a status of "Waitlist".
    This is intended to let you put entries on a waiting list.
  • You can accept a waitlisted entry in subsequent sessions if you want to pull one or more waitlisted entries into the show.
  • If you enable Entry Status Notifications for the show, the exhibitor will receive an email indicating the entry has been placed on the waitlist.
  • The online entries processing screen now lists the Remark (if any) the exhibitor included in the entry.
  • The new filter row in the top of the grid lets you search / filter for content in the Remark column.
Payments:
  • New payment type added "WIRETRANSFER"
Reports:
  • Unscheduled classes report now includes the number of entries (if any) in the listed classes.
  • NEW report "Product transaction summary by trainer - Show series" added to "Reports / Show / Products and orders"
  • NEW report "Classes with no fence heights" added to "Reports / Show / General".
    This report lists all classes that do not have a fence height specified.
    The report also flags if the classes are flagged as model and/or under saddle
  • Circuit points - Compact - Equitation: Now ignores the circuit division type and simply uses the class type (Equitation) to filter records.
  • Trainer Add/Scratch: If an entry is locked, "(LCK)" is shown beside the entry number and the horse name is underlined.
  • Payees with suspect federal tax numbers: An asterisk is shown beside the entry number if that entry number has the "Account Locked" flag checked in the entry record.
  • Grand Prix Jumper results report now includes FEI passport number for horse and for rider, and (if known) the country the rider is competing is appended to the rider's name.

  • New Report: Stall Usage By Stable With (Pending) – Summary
    • Only pending entries included

  • New Report: Stall Usage By Stable With (All) – Summary
    • Active AND Pending included.
    • Each stable with trainer may have 2 rows, one for Active and the other for Pending
    • Row total column lists total of each fee for each status (Active and Pending entries).
Ring Schedule:
  • Improved initial load speed of Ring Schedule by deferring display of scheduled classes until the lists are fully loaded.
  • New feature added to allow adding additional "Info" text for each scheduled class in the schedule.
    • This allows you to provide up to 20 characters of text related to each scheduled class (EG: Time information).
    • The new feature can be accessed from the "InfoEdit" button in the main menu in Ring Scheduler OR from the "File / Ring scheduler Info Edit" item on the main HSS menu.
    • The additional information will be shown on ring schedule reports and in the ring schedule at HorseShowsOnline.
    • When printing the "Ring Schedule - Compact" report, if you have "Show times" enabled, the time column will list the scheduled time and any InfoText you set for the class will be appended to the scheduled time set.
      Otherwise only the Info text will be shown (if any).
Scoreboard Import:
  • Ryegate-Web import - Corrected problem where fault values for Round 2 and Round 3 (Jump off) were not getting applied to correct columns.
  • Pyramid Timing -web - Corrected problem where jump off (Round 3) values were not importing.

Show Editor / Online entry settings:
  • A new checkbox "Require hotel / accommodation address with online entries" has been added to the Basic Options tab in online entry settings for the show.
    • When Check marked, this will require people to provide information on where they are staying during the show. The default is Unchecked.
    • Show managers can download a summary of the Accommodation information from the Show Management screen at HorseShowsOnline under "Shows I Manage".

  • A new checkbox on the Options tab is used to enable / disable Entry Status Notifications for the show.
    Changing the setting in the show properties will not take effect until you publish the show to HSO.
    You can accomplish the same setting change immediately using the identical setting via HSO Control Panel on the HorseShowsOnline menu.
  • Resolved problem saving a show where there are identical copies of the show in the same database.
Show Manager:
  • New column added "Coggins OK".
     This checkbox indicates if you have reviewed the coggins information provided by the exhibitor and check-marked the "Coggins OK" checkbox in the entry's record. It will be highlighted in pink if the checkbox is not checked.
  • New checkbox filter "Locked records only" added to "Entries" list to filter the list of entries to only those are flagged as "Locked".
  • Column header now wraps the column header text over two lines for narrow columns with long column descriptions.

  • The obsolete and seldom used "All horses" list has been removed from the main show manager screen.
    A survey of show secretaries indicates this list was seldom used and required considerable network bandwidth, especially for large databases.
    This also allows for additional space for the main list of entries on the screen.

  • Resolved problem with "Move Entries / Combine Class wizard" on some computers where the list would paint the wrong nameinto a row when it is selected if the list was long enough that the grid scrolls.
View/Print online entries:
  • Buttons renamed to be more clear in their purpose.
  • The maximum number of entries to print at once is set at 100.
    This is to prevent a user from overwhelming the network with data requests and making their computer appear to be non responsive.
    This is especially important if generating "current" versions of entry forms which requires reading LOTS of data to generate the entry form based on current class entries, fees etc.
     
    HSS  December 07, 2020   Version: 3.2020.1207
    Collapse/Expand
    Changes and Notes
    Data menu:
    New "Mailing Labels" tool added to the main Data menu in HSS.
    This feature is also available from the Reports menu in Show Manager.

    Use the Mailing Labels tool to generate mailing labels for selected entries.
    Mail labels are printed on Avery 5261 style sheet labels, 4 x 1 inch labels, 2 columns 10 rows. 20 labels per sheet.
    When printing one label per entry, the entry number and name will be included in the top right of each label.
    The mailing label tool provides the following features:
    • Filter show entries by "All entries", "Credit balance entries only", "Balance owing entries only"
    • Manually select individual entries to print labels for.
    • Use the Owner, Trainer, or Payee person's address on the labels
    • Print one label per entry, or one label per addressee
    Document Explorer:
    Updated to latest component version build. Resolves problem where document explorer may not open.

    Entry editor - Pay By Credit Card:
    The "Process credit card payment" button on the Payments tab in Entry editor will now launch the standard payment entry screen to allow processing convenience fees and other related features in the payment entry screen.

    Reports:
    Suspect payee tax numbers report is now only lists payees where the entry has prize money.

    Suspect payee tax numbers (GLOBAL) report is now only lists payees where the entry has prize money.

    Grand prix jumper report includes the entry number below the placing for each entry listed.

    NEW reports added:
    • Global report "Circuit points - Compact - Equitation"
    • Show / Results / Points - "Circuit points (This Show) - Compact - Equitation"
    These reports are similar to the "Circuit points - Compact" reports, but are limited to Equitation divisions and classes and rank by rider instead of horse.

    Show Manager:
    New "Mailing Labels" tool added to the "Reports" menu in Show Manager.
    Use the Mailing Labels tool to generate mailing labels for selected entries.
    Mail labels are printed on Avery 5261 style sheet labels, 4 x 1 inch labels, 2 columns 10 rows. 20 labels per sheet.
    When printing one label per entry, the entry number and name will be included in the top right of each label.
    The mailing label tool provides the following features:
    • Filter show entries by "All entries", "Credit balance entries only", "Balance owing entries only"
    • Manually select individual entries to print labels for.
    • Use the Owner, Trainer, or Payee person's address on the labels
    • Print one label per entry, or one label per addressee


     
    HSS  September 15, 2020   Version: 3.2020.0915
    Collapse/Expand
    Changes and Notes

    Activate pending entries wizard:
    Owner, trainer names are now listed "Lastname, Firstname" to facilitate sorting by person.

    Champ Chart Tool:

    A new checkbox "Show trainer on results report" provides the option to list the trainer associated with each entry in the results details grid.

    Credit card receipt printing:
    • HSS auto-prints receipts when a credit card is processed.
    • When using "Ecommerce" payment processor in Show properties / Payment processing, HSS will now include address information when sending the payment to the Ecommerce processing gateway. This will allow AVS checking to be enabled at the payment gateway (IE: Elavon).

    Data Menu:

    NEW - Copy mobile payer info from prior show wizard added to the Data menu.
    Use this feature to copy the Mobile payer information from matching entries in a prior show to the current show.
    The matches are based on the same Horse name AND same Owner name.
    • Select the show to copy from.
    • HSS will list all entries in the current show that do NOT already have the same mobile payer information.
    • Select the entries you want to update.
    Entry Editor:
    Removed obsolete copy / paste credit card information button.

    Ecommerce:
    Security key updated - New security key is applied to ecommerce registrations effective Sep 9, 2020. There is no change to operation, this is an internal update only and part of a regular security key rotation.

    Installer:
    Additional executable files are now digitally signed.

    Payment entry screen:
    The "Credit Card" tab is now coloured light green to make the choice of manual entry / credit card payment more obvious.

    Mobile Invoicing / Payment synchronization:
    The "Process mobile show invoice payments" screen will now check for entries where an invoice payment has been recorded locally in HSS and automatically cancel any mobile invoice still outstanding for the entry. This will help synchronize and prevent duplicate payments.
    A new "Refresh Payments" button has been added to this screen so that you can easily load / synchronize mobile payments.

    Reports:
    Class sheets by entry - compact
    The report no longer lists the start position for each entry, and has a page break between classes.

    Suspect payee tax numbers report
    Now groups / sorts by “Payee Lastname, Firstname” instead of “Payee Firstname Lastname”

    Trainer check-in report

    • Now correctly lists the prize payee when the prize Payee is the owner.
    • Now includes prize money won by each entry and the total for trainer.
    • Drilling down on an entry lists each class prize amount won for the entry.

    Open Invoice Balances By Trainer report added to Reports Explorer / Show / Financial reports. (NEW Report)
    This report lists all invoices that have a non-zero balance, grouped and totaled by trainer.

    Class sheets - The "Association No" field for a horse is now listed along with Sire / Dam.

    Entry Invoice Payers report (under reports explorer / show / entries) now group into two groups
    One group with entries that have an email or cell number and the other group where entries have no email or cell number specified.
    It is not possible to send mobile invoices for entries that do not have an email or mobile number specified for the payer.

    Show analysis reports will now display $0.00 even if there is no prize money credit (applied against) invoices.

    Suspect Payee Tax Numbers, and Suspect Payee Tax Numbers By Show Year (Global report) now include all non barn account entries regardless if they have received prize money or not.

    Show Manager:
    The "Printed" checkbox flag for invoices has been repurposed and renamed to "eBill Sent".
    When checked, this indicates you have sent the invoice for mobile payment at least once to the payer.

    New column added to Entries list - "Payer Mobile".
    This column is the Payer's mobile number recorded in the entry record.

    USEF validation:
    A person will now be considered suspended if their USEF suspension status is either "YES" or "MED"
    HSS will truncate horse heights where USEF reports a plus sign at the end if the height in hands instead of displaying blank.


     
    HSS  June 21, 2020   Version: 3.2020.0619
    Collapse/Expand
    Changes and Notes
    Finance menu:

    Export Invoices to PDF (NEW):
    Use this feature to create PDF files containing invoices.
    For example, you could use this to send all invoices to a trainer for review.
    • Group invoices by Trainer (Default), Owner, Payer, or Stable with trainer
    • Include (default) or exclude $0.00 balance invoices.
    • A tab delimited text file is included with the export providing the person’s email address associated with each PDF.
    • Convenience fee is NOT included on the invoices.

    Reports:
    • Attendees at show report now lists and sorts people by Lastname, Firstname instead of Firstname, Lastname
      This is useful when comparing the people list to other reports like the Waivers list.

    HorseShowsOnline menu:

    View and print entry forms:
    • We have added a new button “View Selected (Current Info)” to the “HorseShowsOnline / View and print entry forms” screen.
      This will generate the entry form based on the current entry information instead of the original PDF that was submitted to the show.
     
    HSS  June 16, 2020   Version: 3.2020.0615
    Collapse/Expand
    Changes and Notes

    New features in HSS and HorseShowsOnline to help with new USEF regulations and social distancing.

    Send SMS Text messages to exhibitors from multiple places in HSS.
    Send to a single person, everyone in the show, everyone in a class, any combination of owners, riders, trainers.

    Send invoices to exhibitors for checkout / payment using the new HSOmobile web application.
    HSS will send invoices you select to the designated payer for the entry via email and text message.  
    The exhibitor will receive a link in the email / text message that takes them to the mobile checkout page at HSOmobile.
    This is intended to help you reduce the number of people visiting you office during checkout and to make checkout more convenient for exhbitors. 

    New HSOmobile web app for phones and tablets.
    Exhibitors can use their phone to check on show details, class information, class schedules, entry schedules, course layouts

    The new HSOmobile web app is specifically designed for use on phones and other small devices.
    Exhibitors can more easily follow the show, schedule, and even use HSOmobile for paying their bill at checkout time if you decide to send invoices for mobile payment.

    HSOmobile can be accessed by any device at: https://mobile.horseshowsonline.com

    No installation is required, just browse to HSOmobile with any device.

    New show management features at HorseShowsOnline.
    As a show manager you have access to online tools at HorseShowsOnline.
    Access show management for a show from the "HorseShowsOnline" menu in HSS, OR by going to Member Services at HSO, selecting "Shows I Manage" from the user menu, and then selecting the "Manage" link for the show you want to manage.

    Course Layouts - upload course layouts for your show.  
    Course layouts are PDF files containing the course layout for a ring / date. 
    Course layouts you upload will be listed in the ring schedule for the day/ring you specify.  
    Exhibitors will see a thumbnail of the layout and can click the download link to view the full size PDF of the layout.
    Course layouts are viewable at HSO as well as HSOmobile web app.

    USEF LIability Waivers
    HSO provides a wizard that lets show participants (Owners, Rider, Trainers, Coaches, Staff, Volunteers etc) submit a signed USEF liability waiver to your show.
    The wizard is available to shows set with the "Governing Body" set to "USEF" in the show's properties.  
    A link is displayed on the show's detail page at HSO for waiver submission.
    You can download waivers submitted to your show directly in HSS on the "HorseShowsOnline" menu in HSS OR on the "Waivers" tab in show management at HSO.
    You will receive email notifications at the Show's email address when new waivers have been submitted to the show.

    QR Codes
    You can print a sheet you can post at the show that displays large QR codes.
    Exhibitors can use the camera on their phone to quickly navigate to the show's page at HSO or at HSOmobile just by pointing their camera at the QRcode.
    Generate the QR code page printout on the "QR codes" tab in show management at HSO.

    HSS changes in more detail:

    Entry Editor:
    New fields to record online payer fields and logic to entry editor.
    The Payer identifies the name, email, and SMS phone number that invoices will be sent to if you send invoices for payment via HSO.
    For online entries, this information should be included in new online entries.
    Buttons are provided to choose the information from an existing owner record, the current owner, current trainer, or current payee fields in the entry record

    New checkbox “Account Locked”
    This new checkbox lets you flag an account that needs attention. 
    The check mark is for your reference only and does not apply any additional logic to the entry. 
    Accounts that are flagged as “locked” are shown in yellow in the list of entries in show manager.


    Finance Menu:

    Send invoices by email and text (NEW)
    For optimum delivery we strongly recommend you setup SMS texting to ensure exhibitors receive their invoice notifications.
    Email can be problematic when a user doesn't check their mail or their mail provider considers invoice notifications as spam.
    See the section on SMS messaging regarding setting up text services at Twilio.com
    • This feature sends invoices for selected entries to HSO for transmission to the designated Payer for the entry.
    • The payer will be notified by email and text message that invoices are ready for payment including a link to HSOmobile.
    • The payer can review the invoices using HSOmobile and pay the balance by credit card.
    • The payment will be processed using the payment gateway associated with your show.
    • Upon payment a receipt is emailed to the payer.
    • You must import mobile payments into your HSS show database using the "Import mobile payments" function..

    Import mobile payments (NEW)
    • When a payment is made against an invoice you sent for mobile payment, the payment is processed on your payment gateway.  You need to import those payments into your HSS show database.
    • Use this function to import payments made using HSOmobile for invoices you have sent via HSO.
    • The payments you import will be recorded against the entries that were paid by the payer.

    HorseShowsOnline menu:

    Liability Waivers (NEW):
    • Management of USEF Liability waivers submitted to the Show or shows in the same show series.
    • Download the list of submitted waivers
    • Filter by already received or not. Default is only list waivers I haven’t flagged as received.
    • Print the list of information in the grid – the list of waiver names, roles, email etc.
    • Download the waivers in a single PDF file, view the PDF, and print it.
    • Set the “Received” flag for waivers so they don’t show up in the waivers list in the future. (IE: Only list waivers I haven’t already downloaded)

    Open Show Management at HSO (NEW):
    • Open a web browser and go to the show management page at HorseShowsOnline for the current show.
    • Login is required using the show owner's credentials.

    Invoices screen:
    • New button on Invoices screen: Send invoices by email and text

    Online entry settings:
    • New checkbox in online entry settings “Allow duplicate entries”.
      This informs HSO whether to let an exhibitor enter the same horse more than once in a show. Default is No (un-checked).
      Exhibitors often submit the same horse multiple times assuming that will change an entry they already submitted.  This causes problems with duplicates for the show secretary.
      Prevent submission of duplicate horse online entries by un-checking this setting on online entry settings.

    Online Entry Settings – USEF Agreement text.
    • The USEF standard agreement has been updated as per the May 2020 USEF agreement.
    • There is a small and large (10 point size) version. The content is the same in both agreements, only the size is different.
    • If you use the 10 point size it will cause your online entry forms to use a minimum of two pages. 
      Refer to USEF with respect to the size you must use. You are entirely responsible for the content of the agreement text. You can modify the content as desired in the text editor.


    SMS Text Messaging support:

    Show Properties - SMS Text support:
    • A new tab on Show properties "SMS" provides configuration settings for SMS Text processing.
    • SMS lets you send text messages to cell phones.
    • You will need a Twilio account to enable SMS text messaging support.
      Obtain a Twilio phone number, account SID and account token by creating an account at https://twilio.com
      SMS costs at Twilio are relatively inexpensive. At the time of writing, the cost is approximately $1 / month for a phone number and 3/4 cent per text message / recipient you send to.

    New “Messaging” menu added to the main HSS menu.
    • Use this for sending SMS text messages. You must have an SMS provider and credentials specified in show settings.
    • New “Send SMS messages” item on the Messaging menu. This screen lets you enter specific numbers and text to send to mobile phones.
    • New “Send SMS text to attendees” item on the Messaging menu. This screen lets you select the riders, owners, trainers in the show and the text to send to the selected people.
    • You can also filter the list to only those people in a certain class.

    New “Messaging” submenu added to show manager right-click popup menu.
    • Use this for sending an SMS text messages to the selected entry’s owner, trainer, or rider.

    New “Messaging” sub-menu added to Class results screen, right-click popup menu.
    • Use this for sending an SMS text messages to entries in the class: owner, trainer, or rider.

    New “Messaging” sub-menu right-click popup menu added to Classes list in show manager to send SMS message to exhibitors in the selected class.
    • Use this for sending an SMS text messages to entries in the class: owner, trainer, or rider.

    Class editor:

    New fields added to class editor to provide ring scheduler details so that HSS can more accurately compute the start times for the class and for entries in the class.
    • Minutes per ride and delay time after every specified number of rides to account for ring grooming.
    • This allows HSS to more accurately compute the start times of each class AND the start time of each entry in the class.

    Reports:
    • New report added to reports explorer / Show / Entries folder - Entry invoice payers
      This report lists all entries with the payer name, email address and mobile phone number.
      The payer information (email and SMS text) is used when sending invoices via HSO to exhibitors for mobile payment / checkout.

    • New report "Trainer Check-in" using a right click on an entry in show manager. 
      Use this report as a quick check that you have the necessary information recorded for each entry related to the trainer you right click on.

    Ring Scheduler and Class / Entry Scheduling:

    • Ring scheduler / Rings records have two new settings “Maintenance Minutes” and “Maintenance very N rides” to define how frequently maintenance is performed in the ring (EG: Drags) during classes and the number of minutes duration for the maintenance.
    • HSS will use these default values when computing the times for each entry in the schedule, automatically inserting the maintenance minutes after every N rides in the class’s order of go time schedule.
    • Unless overridden in a class these default values are used when computing the schedule.

    Ring schedule report updated.
    • The report lets you print the class schedule, and or the schedule for each entry in each class.
    • The report will automatically insert breaks within the class for “Drags” or ring maintenance that occurs after a predetermined number of riders. You set the drag time and how frequently to do a drag in each class’s record. If you don’t set this individually in each class, the drag time and frequency will default to the values you specified for the ring itself in ring scheduler.
    • The report provides numerous filters so that you can print for the entire show, a specific ring, a range of dates, or for a list of class numbers.
    • The prior report is still available from the Ring Scheduler screen on the reports menu – “Ring schedule – compact”. The compact report lists the schedule in the most compact format possible.

    Quickly print the entry schedule for a class with a right click on class in show manager on the Classes tab.
    • The entry schedule is based on the ring schedule and class settings.

    Show Manager:

    • Entries that have been flagged as "Locked" are highlighted in yellow.  
      This is an indicator that you have flagged the record as needing attention.
    • New right click options for sending SMS text messages
    • New right click "Print trainer check-in report"



    New Changes since 2020.0612


    SMS Text Messaging:
    Added new filter to “Send SMS to attendees” to exclude by default people where their related entries are not entered in any classes, the entry is Pending.
    Barn accounts are never excluded.

    Send invoices for mobile payment:
    Added two new columns “Has Unfinished Classes” and “Unfinished Class Count” to Send Mobile Invoices grid to help you determine if all classes for the entry have been closed indication prize money has been fully computed / applied against invoices.
    Group first by this column and then by payer, trainer or whatever is your preference to quickly break the list into finished / unfinished groups.

    Credit card receipt printing:
    HSS no longer auto-prints receipts when a credit card is processed.
    There is a "Print receipt" button on the screen when a card payment is processed successfully that can be used if you want to print a receipt.

    Invoices:
    Invoices now include the "Payer" information in the invoice to section.
    This indicates who the mobile eBill will be sent to if you send invoices for mobile payment.

    Split and transfer fees:
    Fee splits are now coded with fee code "SPLIT" instead of "TRANSFER".
    This will help differentiate between transfers and fee splits on various reports.

    Reports:
    Reports Explorer / Show / Schedules / "Ring schedule - compact" report provides a compact report of the ring schedule including the option to select specific days to include in the report. T
    his is the same as the old version of the ring schedule.


     
    HSS  June 12, 2020   Version: 3.2020.0612
    Collapse/Expand
    Changes and Notes

    New features in HSS and HorseShowsOnline to help with new USEF regulations and social distancing.

    Send SMS Text messages to exhibitors from multiple places in HSS.
    Send to a single person, everyone in the show, everyone in a class, any combination of owners, riders, trainers.

    Send invoices to exhibitors for checkout / payment using the new HSOmobile web application.
    HSS will send invoices you select to the designated payer for the entry via email and text message. 
    The exhibitor will receive a link in the email / text message that takes them to the mobile checkout page at HSOmobile.
    This is intended to help you reduce the number of people visiting you office during checkout and to make checkout more convenient for exhbitors. 

    New HSOmobile web app for phones and tablets.
    Exhibitors can use their phone to check on show details, class information, class schedules, entry schedules, course layouts


    The new HSOmobile web app is specifically designed for use on phones and other small devices.
    Exhibitors can more easily follow the show, schedule, and even use HSOmobile for paying their bill at checkout time if you decide to send invoices for mobile payment.

    HSOmobile can be accessed by any device at: https://mobile.horseshowsonline.com

    No installation is required, just browse to HSOmobile with any device.

    New show management features at HorseShowsOnline.
    As a show manager you have access to online tools at HorseShowsOnline.
    Access show management for a show from the "HorseShowsOnline" menu in HSS, OR by going to Member Services at HSO, selecting "Shows I Manage" from the user menu, and then selecting the "Manage" link for the show you want to manage.

    Course Layouts - upload course layouts for your show. 
    Course layouts are PDF files containing the course layout for a ring / date.
    Course layouts you upload will be listed in the ring schedule for the day/ring you specify. 
    Exhibitors will see a thumbnail of the layout and can click the download link to view the full size PDF of the layout.
    Course layouts are viewable at HSO as well as HSOmobile web app.

    USEF LIability Waivers
    HSO provides a wizard that lets show participants (Owners, Rider, Trainers, Coaches, Staff, Volunteers etc) submit a signed USEF liability waiver to your show.
    The wizard is available to shows set with the "Governing Body" set to "USEF" in the show's properties. 
    A link is displayed on the show's detail page at HSO for waiver submission.
    You can download waivers submitted to your show directly in HSS on the "HorseShowsOnline" menu in HSS OR on the "Waivers" tab in show management at HSO.
    You will receive email notifications at the Show's email address when new waivers have been submitted to the show.

    QR Codes
    You can print a sheet you can post at the show that displays large QR codes.
    Exhibitors can use the camera on their phone to quickly navigate to the show's page at HSO or at HSOmobile just by pointing their camera at the QRcode.
    Generate the QR code page printout on the "QR codes" tab in show management at HSO.

    HSS changes in more detail:

    Entry Editor:
    New fields to record online payer fields and logic to entry editor.
    The Payer identifies the name, email, and SMS phone number that invoices will be sent to if you send invoices for payment via HSO.
    For online entries, this information should be included in new online entries.
    Buttons are provided to choose the information from an existing owner record, the current owner, current trainer, or current payee fields in the entry record

    New checkbox “Account Locked”
    This new checkbox lets you flag an account that needs attention.
    The check mark is for your reference only and does not apply any additional logic to the entry.
    Accounts that are flagged as “locked” are shown in yellow in the list of entries in show manager.


    Finance Menu:

    Send invoices by email and text (NEW)
    For optimum delivery we strongly recommend you setup SMS texting to ensure exhibitors receive their invoice notifications.
    Email can be problematic when a user doesn't check their mail or their mail provider considers invoice notifications as spam.
    See the section on SMS messaging regarding setting up text services at Twilio.com
    • This feature sends invoices for selected entries to HSO for transmission to the designated Payer for the entry.
    • The payer will be notified by email and text message that invoices are ready for payment including a link to HSOmobile.
    • The payer can review the invoices using HSOmobile and pay the balance by credit card.
    • The payment will be processed using the payment gateway associated with your show.
    • Upon payment a receipt is emailed to the payer.
    • You must import mobile payments into your HSS show database using the "Import mobile payments" function..

    Import mobile payments (NEW)
    • When a payment is made against an invoice you sent for mobile payment, the payment is processed on your payment gateway.  You need to import those payments into your HSS show database.
    • Use this function to import payments made using HSOmobile for invoices you have sent via HSO.
    • The payments you import will be recorded against the entries that were paid by the payer.

    HorseShowsOnline menu:

    Liability Waivers (NEW):
    • Management of USEF Liability waivers submitted to the Show or shows in the same show series.
    • Download the list of submitted waivers
    • Filter by already received or not. Default is only list waivers I haven’t flagged as received.
    • Print the list of information in the grid – the list of waiver names, roles, email etc.
    • Download the waivers in a single PDF file, view the PDF, and print it.
    • Set the “Received” flag for waivers so they don’t show up in the waivers list in the future. (IE: Only list waivers I haven’t already downloaded)

    Open Show Management at HSO (NEW):
    • Open a web browser and go to the show management page at HorseShowsOnline for the current show.
    • Login is required using the show owner's credentials.

    Invoices screen:
    • New button on Invoices screen: Send invoices by email and text

    Online entry settings:
    • New checkbox in online entry settings “Allow duplicate entries”.
      This informs HSO whether to let an exhibitor enter the same horse more than once in a show. Default is No (un-checked).
      Exhibitors often submit the same horse multiple times assuming that will change an entry they already submitted.  This causes problems with duplicates for the show secretary.
      Prevent submission of duplicate horse online entries by un-checking this setting on online entry settings.

    Online Entry Settings – USEF Agreement text.
    • The USEF standard agreement has been updated as per the May 2020 USEF agreement.
    • There is a small and large (10 point size) version. The content is the same in both agreements, only the size is different.
    • If you use the 10 point size it will cause your online entry forms to use a minimum of two pages.
      Refer to USEF with respect to the size you must use. You are entirely responsible for the content of the agreement text. You can modify the content as desired in the text editor.


    SMS Text Messaging support:

    Show Properties - SMS Text support:
    • A new tab on Show properties "SMS" provides configuration settings for SMS Text processing.
    • SMS lets you send text messages to cell phones.
    • You will need a Twilio account to enable SMS text messaging support.
      Obtain a Twilio phone number, account SID and account token by creating an account at https://twilio.com
      SMS costs at Twilio are relatively inexpensive. At the time of writing, the cost is approximately $1 / month for a phone number and 3/4 cent per text message / recipient you send to.

    New “Messaging” menu added to the main HSS menu.
    • Use this for sending SMS text messages. You must have an SMS provider and credentials specified in show settings.
    • New “Send SMS messages” item on the Messaging menu. This screen lets you enter specific numbers and text to send to mobile phones.
    • New “Send SMS text to attendees” item on the Messaging menu. This screen lets you select the riders, owners, trainers in the show and the text to send to the selected people.
    • You can also filter the list to only those people in a certain class.

    New “Messaging” submenu added to show manager right-click popup menu.
    • Use this for sending an SMS text messages to the selected entry’s owner, trainer, or rider.

    New “Messaging” sub-menu added to Class results screen, right-click popup menu.
    • Use this for sending an SMS text messages to entries in the class: owner, trainer, or rider.

    New “Messaging” sub-menu right-click popup menu added to Classes list in show manager to send SMS message to exhibitors in the selected class.
    • Use this for sending an SMS text messages to entries in the class: owner, trainer, or rider.

    Class editor:

    New fields added to class editor to provide ring scheduler details so that HSS can more accurately compute the start times for the class and for entries in the class.
    • Minutes per ride and delay time after every specified number of rides to account for ring grooming.
    • This allows HSS to more accurately compute the start times of each class AND the start time of each entry in the class.

    Reports:
    • New report added to reports explorer / Show / Entries folder - Entry invoice payers
      This report lists all entries with the payer name, email address and mobile phone number.
      The payer information (email and SMS text) is used when sending invoices via HSO to exhibitors for mobile payment / checkout.

    • New report "Trainer Check-in" using a right click on an entry in show manager. 
      Use this report as a quick check that you have the necessary information recorded for each entry related to the trainer you right click on.

    Ring Scheduler and Class / Entry Scheduling:

    • Ring scheduler / Rings records have two new settings “Maintenance Minutes” and “Maintenance very N rides” to define how frequently maintenance is performed in the ring (EG: Drags) during classes and the number of minutes duration for the maintenance.
    • HSS will use these default values when computing the times for each entry in the schedule, automatically inserting the maintenance minutes after every N rides in the class’s order of go time schedule.
    • Unless overridden in a class these default values are used when computing the schedule.

    Ring schedule report updated.
    • The report lets you print the class schedule, and or the schedule for each entry in each class.
    • The report will automatically insert breaks within the class for “Drags” or ring maintenance that occurs after a predetermined number of riders. You set the drag time and how frequently to do a drag in each class’s record. If you don’t set this individually in each class, the drag time and frequency will default to the values you specified for the ring itself in ring scheduler.
    • The report provides numerous filters so that you can print for the entire show, a specific ring, a range of dates, or for a list of class numbers.
    • The prior report is still available from the Ring Scheduler screen on the reports menu – “Ring schedule – compact”. The compact report lists the schedule in the most compact format possible.

    Quickly print the entry schedule for a class with a right click on class in show manager on the Classes tab.
    • The entry schedule is based on the ring schedule and class settings.

    Show Manager:

    • Entries that have been flagged as "Locked" are highlighted in yellow. 
      This is an indicator that you have flagged the record as needing attention.
    • New right click options for sending SMS text messages
    • New right click "Print trainer check-in report"


     
    HSS  May 22, 2020   Version: 3.2020.0430
    Collapse/Expand
    Changes and Notes
    Class Renumbering wizard:
    New find / replace option lets you find and replace text in all class names.

    Show Manager:
    New report "Trainer Check In report"
    This report is accessed by right clicking on the entry in show manager.
    The report will list the entry, horse, payee, payer and payment method information for each entry related to the "Stable with trainer" of the selected entry.
    The report can be provided to the trainer so they can verify the information is correct and to provide any missing information.
    The Payer mobile phone number and email address are required if you plan to use self-checkout.
    The Payer contact information is used to notify the Payer when their bill is ready for payment / checkout.

    Show Properties:
    Resolved issue where under certain conditions a problem saving the show record occured due to too many fields during update.

    Show Properties - SMS Text support:
    A new tab on Show properties "SMS" provides configuration settings for SMS Text processing.
    SMS lets you send text messages to cell phones.
    You will need a Twilio account.
    Obtain a Twilio phone number, account SID and acccount token by creating an account at https://twilio.com
     
    HSS  April 20, 2020   Version: 3.2020.0420
    Collapse/Expand
    Changes and Notes
    • Credit card settings:
      Field length for PIN for Virtual Merchant (Elavon) extended from 50 to 100 characters.
    • Reports
      • Barn accounts by trainer (NEW):
        Added new report to Reports\Show\Entries to list barn accounts sorted by trainer.
      • Reports - Ring schedule:
        When ring schedule is printed and includes class start time, under saddle classes that have no entries will not increment the next start time.
     
    HSS  March 02, 2020   Version: 3.2020.0302
    Collapse/Expand
    Changes and Notes

    A new update packed with new features that you have been asking for!
    Make sure you read about the new Show Manager split and transfer invoice balance feature below.

    • Class results screen:
      The "Entries Competed" and "Entries" completed automatic counts are now displayed.
      These are the values that will be submitted in USEF results export if you leave the override values at -1
    • Class results screen - Results Entry (NEW):
      A new button "Results Entry" in the class results screen provides a new and efficient way to quickly enter class results.
      The screen provides two tabs: "All Entries" and "Input Entries and Results"
      The ALL ENTRIES tab lists all entries and allows you to directly edit placing, faults, times, score and percentage.
      The INPUT ENTRIES AND RESULTS tab lists only entries with results AND lets you quickly type the entry number and provide results for that entry.
      Options are provided to print and export the results.
      Result changes you apply are copied into the main class results screen.
    • Class Renumbering and Renaming Wizard – Update multiple class numbers all at once (NEW):
      A new wizard is available on the main HSS "Data" menu named "Class renumber and bulk edit".
      This wizard lets you change the class numbers and class names for multiple classes all at once.
    • Division editor:
      Added new field and button on “Class defaults” tab to set the ribbons value for all classes in the division.

    • Entry Editor Prize payee changes (NEW):
      The old “Payee is Owner” checkbox has been replaced with a drop down list of all owner records.
      Choose any owner as the payee, OR choose “Manual Entry” to manually enter the payee information and not link it to any owner.
      Edit or Create a new owner to use as the Payee Owner.
      Quickly select the current owner as the Payee owner.
      Payee fields that are empty are highlighted in pink to bring your attention to missing payee fields.
      If the payee owner record is edited, any applicable fields will be update in all show entry records that use that owner records as the payee.
    • Entry Editor Prize payee changes (NEW):

      • New checkbox flag added "Exclude from fee splits".
        This checkbox indicates whether the entry should be include or excluded in the list of entries automatically loaded in the when using the NEW "Split and transfer invoice balance" feature.

      • Owner, Rider, Trainer drop down fields will display "($cc)" in the trainer name text if the person has an unexpired payment method saved in their account.
        This helps you easily see if you have a credit card on file that is available for billing against.
        This does not include any card that was included with an online entry, as it is assume a card was provided with the entry if you required that in your show's online entry settings.

    • Entry Editor / Classes tab:
      Two new text fields "ADD" and "SCRATCH" allow you to enter a list of entry numbers AND/OR entry number ranges separated by commas, spaces, or a slash (/) of classes to add or scratch for the entry.
      Example: 2,4,6,100-103,22,40-43
      In this example HSS will add (or scratch) the entry in classes 2 4 6 101 102 103 22 40 41 42 43
      Enter your list and then click ENTER on the keyboard to apply the class entry changes.
      NOTE: You can use spaces or a slash instead of commas between the entry numbers and ranges. A slash may be more convenient if using a numeric keypad.
      Example: 2/4/6/100-103/22/40-43
    • Entry Editor / Fees tab:
    • Attempting to delete a fee will pop up a warning that it is probably better to add a new negative fee to reverse the fee rather than losing the details of prior fee charges.
    • A New button on “Fees” tab of entry editor lets you view the Fee split and transfer history for the entry.
      When you use the "Split and transfer invoice balances" feature in show manager, a PDF copy of the details of the transfer are recorded.
    • Invoice Printing – Split charges by rider (NEW):
      Tired of manually calculating the per rider costs on an invoice?
      Turn on the show option to include rider charge splits on invoices. This checkbox is on the “Options” tab in show properties.
      For entries that have multiple riders entered in different classes invoices now include a new "Charge Splits By Rider" section.
      This is helpful for shows where an exhibitor only wants to pay their portion of the invoice and saves the show secretary from having to manually calculate the charge splits for each rider.

      A new checkbox in Show Properties on the Options tab lets you enable / disable printing of rider splits on invoices.
      The default is off (IE: Do not include the rider splits section on invoices).
      The "Charge Splits By Rider" section of the invoice provides a breakdown of charges by rider.
      Each rider will show the "Shared charges", "Division/Class entry charges", and "Prize money applied credits"
      Shared charges:
      The amount for any non class or division entry fees. This amount is equally divided amongst all riders.
      Division/Class entry charges:
      The entry fee amount (plus taxes if applicable) specific to the classes entered by the rider. 
      Prizes:
      The amount deducted from the rider's charges for any prize money the rider won in a class the rider entered that was applied against the invoice, assuming the show is configured to "Apply prize money against invoices" in show properties.
    • Invoice Printing – Barn account charge summary (NEW):
      Invoices to barn accounts have a new section that summarizes the total quantity and amount of each fee.
      This gives you the total quantity for each item billed: EG: STALLS, FEED etc.
    • Owner records – Synchronizing payee information across all entries for a payee (NEW):
      When you edit an owner record, HSS will sync any changed payee information across all entries that reference that owner record as the “Payee Owner”.
      This will ensure the Federal number (IE: SSN) and other payee fields are updated in all entry records simultaneously.
      Any show entry records that reference an owner record as the Payee Owner are automatically updated with the new payee field information in the owner record.
      This includes: First and Last name, Street, City, Prov/State, Postal/Zip, Country, Federal Number (SSN).
      The owner record change you save will update ALL entry records in ALL shows in the same database that reference the owner record as the payee.
    • Online Entry Settings:
      • Corrected problem with missing Country / ProvState picker field for Office address.
      • The default "max riders per entry" now defaults to zero (unlimited) instead of one when creating a new show.
    • Online entry and STALL Fees / HorseShowsOnline (NEW):
      Fees that are categorized as STALL fees in your show have a special behavior in the HorseShowsOnline online entry wizard.
      If you specify that ANY ONE of your STALL fees has a minimum required quantity then HSO will force the user to select a quantity of at least ONE from at least ONE of the stall fees in the show.
      This helps you ensure that an exhibitor selects at least one of your stall fees when creating an online entry.
      This only applies to STALL category fees.

    • Orders (Products and Orders):
      • Created date for orders can now be edited.
      • When creating an order, you can record a remark with each item (like delivery ticket number) that will be listed on the various order transaction reports.
        This is helpful if you want to reconcile your orders/billing with deliveries to exhibitors by feed / bedding vendors.
    • Products:
      • When posting an inventory adjustment, a date edit field lets you specify the date the adjustment should be posted under.

      • A new tab "Order transactions" added to the "Products" screen.
        This lets you review and manage the dates that product transactions (IE: Order shipments) were processed.
        The various product transaction reports base the quantities shipped by date etc on the date an item was processed.
        Use this feature to adjust the transaction dates when you need to adjust when a transaction occurred.
        Product transactions and order transactions can now be selected and deleted.

      • The current on-hand (In stock) quantity for each item is listed in the products screen.
        The quantity on hand is computed across all shows in the show series.
        This is important for multi-week shows so that you can track your overall product inventory across all weeks.
    • Reports - New report "Barn Accounts":
      This report is found in reports explorer in folder "Show\Entries\Barn accounts". The report lists all active entries that are flagged as barn accounts.
    • Reports - New report "Fee Quantity Cross Tab Summary - All Shows":
      This report is found in reports explorer in folder "Global"
      This cross tab report lists the totals of each fee quantity charged to entries grouped and summarized by fee code and show for each show in the database.
    • Reports - Revised report "Feed Bedding Shaving":
      This report is found in reports explorer in folder "Show\Financial"
      The report now groups by entry. The report lists feed, bedding, shaving category fees charged to entries grouped and summarized by entry.
    • Reports - New report "Feed Bedding Shaving by Stable With Trainer":
      This report is found in reports explorer in folder "Show\Financial".
      The report lists feed, bedding, shaving category fees charged to entries grouped and summarized by stable with trainer.
    • Reports - New report "Order delivery details by entry and order":
      This report is found in reports explorer in folder "Show\Entries\Products and Orders"
      The report lists product deliveries grouped by entry and order number.
      Orders that still have an outstanding quantity that has not been delivered are highlighted in red.
    • Reports - New report "Order delivery details by entry and product":
      This report is found in reports explorer in folder "Show\Entries\Products and Orders"
      The report lists product deliveries grouped by entry and product and sorted by order number.
      Orders that still have an outstanding quantity that has not been delivered are highlighted in red.
    • Reports - Product transactions by day report is renamed to Product transactions by day and product.:
      Transactions are grouped / summarized by transaction date, product.
    • Reports - New report "Product transactions by product and day":
      Transactions are grouped / summarized by Product, transaction date.
    • Reports - New report "Production transactions summary – show series":
      This report lists all product transactions across all shows in the same show series.
      The "Show series" is a field in each show's show properties that you can use to identify multi-week shows that are related.
      Transactions are grouped / summarized by Product, Show, transaction date.
    • Reports: Judges cards – non jumper:
      Two new boxes labelled "Competed (entered)" and "Completed (finished)" are printed at the top right of the report to allow judges to write in the appropriate values.
      This helps to address the USEF requirement to report the number of entries in the class and the number of entries that completed (finished).
      HSS has corresponding fields in the class results screen that are automatically computed but can be overridden with manual values if needed.
    • Reports: Labels - Attendees at show:
      A new pick list in reports explorer lets you select the show attendees you want to print labels for.
      Select all, none, or any random selection by using CTRL-CLICK or SHIFT-CLICK in the grid row selector to choose the people to include.
      This lets you select just a few labels instead of printing labels for all attendees. Perfect for targeted mailings or other purposes.
    • Scoreboard Import NEW – Import scoreboard results from Pyramid Timing / EquestrianLive:
      HSS scoreboard import (on the class results screen) now supports "Import from Pyramid Timing Web" as a scoreboard import type.
      This allows you to import scoreboard class results that have been posted to Pyramid Web's system (equestrianlive.com)
      You will need to specify the show number in the scoreboard import wizard for your show in order for Pyramid’s system to return the correct information.
      Scoreboard import will provide a preview of the results that will be recorded and allow you to edit those results prior to saving.
      • How to determine Pyramid Timing’s "Show ID" for your show:
        • With a web browser, Go to http://equestrianlive.com/shows
        • Find your show and click the "+" button to see the classes.
        • Click on any class to see the results
        • In the web browser's address bar, look for the "showid=" text in the address.
        • Your ShowID is the number after the equal sign.
        • Example address: http://equestrianlive.com/class.php?showid=4859&classid=23466&HorJ=J
        • In this example, the "ShowID" is 4859
        • Record that number for your show.
        • You only need to do this once so that you can provide it to the HSS scoreboard import when prompted.
        • HSS will remember that show id until you change it.

    • Scoreboard Import NEW - Import scoreboard results from Ryegate Web:
      HSS scoreboard import (on the class results screen) now supports " Ryegate Web" as a scoreboard import type.
      This allows you to import class results that have been posted to Ryegate’s web site (ryegate.com)
      You will need to specify the show number in the scoreboard import wizard for your show.
      Ryegate uses the show's USEF competition number on their web api.
      Scoreboard import will provide a preview of the results that will be recorded and allow you to edit those results prior to saving.
    • Show Editor - New setting for including Rider charge splits on invoices:
      A new checkbox “Show rider splits on invoices” in Show Properties on the Options tab lets you enable / disable printing of rider splits on invoices.
      The default is off (IE: Do not include the rider splits section on invoices).
      The rider splits information on invoices lists the overall invoice charges apportioned to each rider based on the classes entered by each rider and shared costs.
      The section is only printed if this option is enabled, AND when there are multiple riders on the same entry.
    • Show Manager - Split and transfer invoice balance to related entries (NEW):
      Quickly split and transfer Trainer or Barn account invoices to related entries.
      This is a HUGE time and effort saver. No more need to manually calculate and enter invoices splits the hard way.
      A new feature "Split Invoice Balance to Other Entries" lets you split the invoice balance of the selected entry and transfer the balance to other entries.
      The Split and Transfer invoice balance feature provides a very efficient way to split and transfer the invoice balance of a “source” entry across multiple related entries.
      Typically this feature would be used to transfer the balance due on a barn account or trainer account to entries related to the barn account by the Stable With Trainer.

      Access the Split Balance feature by clicking the "Split Balance to Other Entries" button
      OR by right clicking an entry and selecting the "Split invoice balance and transfer to other entries" menu item.

      The Invoice Split screen will automatically load and select all entries related to the source entry.
      The default amount to split is the current invoice balance due for the source entry.
      You can override this amount.You can also view and select specific invoice charges to split and transfer on the source entry instead of the total invoice balance.
      Alternatively you can specify the amount you want to leave on the source entry and HSS will compute the net amount to split.
      Additional entries can be added by entering the entry number(s) separated by commas in the “Entries to Add” field.
      The split amount is automatically divided evenly across each entry as you select / deselect entries.
      You can manually enter amounts for each entry if necessary.
      New Entry specific fee records (IE: Not a global fee) are added to each entry. The Fee Code is “TRANSFER”.
      For target entries (the ones you are splitting to) the fee description will be entry number the amount was transferred from EG: “SPLIT FROM: 6”
      For the source entry (the one you are splitting from) the fee description will be entry number(s) the amount was transferred to EG: “SPLIT TO: 10,11,15”
      You can provide a 15 character "Description" that will also be added to the fee description posted to the source and target entries.
      Example if the description is "HAY", the descriptions would be “HAY SPLIT TO: 10,11,15” and “HAY SPLIT FROM: 6”
      A record of the split and transfer are archived in PDF format and saved in the “FeeSplits\ShowID” folder where the database is stored.
      View the split and transfer history from the Fees tab of an entry.
    • Optional splitting fee:
      HSS can add a splitting fee that will be split and incorporated into the amount transferred to the target entries.
      The splitting fee can be based on simply rounding each entry’s split amount up to the next round dollar, OR you can specify a specific amount.
      When a splitting fee is used, the source entry (Barn / Trainer account) will have a special fee code “*SPLITFEE” that will be the amount of the split fee applied.
      The *SPLITFEE charge will NOT be listed on the invoice, it gets applied to the amount split, but it WILL show up on various reports like the Fee Analysis report so that you know how much you earned from splitting fees.
      The *SPLITFEE amount ensures the source entry does not accrue a credit due to the negative SPLIT TO fee that includes the amount transferred.
      Target entry invoices will NOT see the splitting fee - it is incorporated into the overall TRANSFER amount that is added to their invoice.
    • Show Manager - New report "Trainer Fee Split Form":
      The report generates a form that can be completed by trainers / barn accounts to specify their preferences for how invoice fees should be split to entries related by the same Stable With Trainer.
      Access the report by right clicking on an entry in show manager and choose "Trainer fee split form".


     
    HSS  November 27, 2019   Version: 3.2019.1111
    Collapse/Expand
    Changes and Notes
    This version is required for USEF 2020 Results, effective Dec 1, 2019


    Champ Chart:
    A bonus class will now list the asterisk ("*") beside the class number even if there are no results reported in the class.

    Circuit points Equitation report:
    "AHSA" changed to "USEF". AHSA was the former acronym used by USEF.

    Class results report:
    The "Number of entries that finished" is the number of entries that were not scratched and were not withdrawn, retired, or eliminated when automatically computed, OR the
    manually entered value of "Entries that finished" in the class results screen if a value was manually entered.

    Jump order FEI reports:
    Wrapping of extremely long horse names will now not over-type lines below the horse name
    Lines on the report are now black to improve visibility when photo-copying

    Online entry processing:
    Horse color import is now limited to the first 30 characters.

    Online entry processing:
    The coggins date provided with online entries is no longer applied to horse records when accepting an online entry.
    Show secretaries should validate Coggins documents and information directly at the show.

    USEF Person Lookup:
    A new field "USEF Search Date" lets you override the default date (show start date) that is used when querying USEF for the person's status.

    USEF Results Export:
    • USEF results export updated for USEF 2020 results template effective Dec 1, 2019.
    • The 2020 USEF results template adds two new columns, Number Competed and Number Completed.
      • Number Competed is the total number of entries in the class minus the number of scratched entries in the class
      • Number Completed is the total number of entries in the class, minus the number of scratched entries, minus the count of entries that were Retired, Withdrawn, or Eliminated.
      • You can manually override either of these values and directly input the values in the class results screen for the class.


     
    HSS  October 21, 2019   Version: 3.2019.1021
    Collapse/Expand
    Changes and Notes

    Update for new USEF API changes.  You will need this in order to do USEF lookups as of October 21, 2019

    Prior changes in version 2019.1003:

    Champ Chart Tool:
    • The TOPN values on the champ chart report will now be suppressed if the option "Do not print column subtotals on report".
      The assumption when printing with this option is that the division is not yet finished and therefore final computations should not be done, and space should be left for judges to write in values.
    • The TOPN value will now default to zero for all Non-Hunter divisions. For Hunter Divisions TopN will default to 4.
    • When the "California Split" option is selected, the TOPN value for HUNTER divisions will be automatically set to 8 instead of 4.
    • Results will be auto-computed when changing most settings.
    • Champ chart report now includes the points values specified in the champ chart tool.
    • Champ chart report now flags classes that use "Bonus points" with an asterisk in the class number column heading.

    Cheque printing:
    Cheque printing now ensures the cheque number is right justified within a 15 character field to ensure sorting is applied numerically and behaves as expected when the order of magnitude of the cheque number increases (EG: 99, 99, 100 will sort correctly)

    Class Editor:
    When using "Update and New" the prize group will default to either the default prize group defined for the class's division, and if none, then the prize group defined in the previous class that was just edited.

    Combine Divisions and Classes (NEW):
    Use this wizard to move all entries in source classes to destination classes.
    The wizard lets you specify the target division, then the source classes you want to move into the target division.
    You will specify the
    The wizard provides the following steps:
    Step 1: Select the destination division you will be moving class entries to. This determines the classes that will be available to move entries to.
    Step 2: For each class you want to combine into a class in the Target division's classes, specify the class within the target division to move the entries to.
    Step 3: Specify the modified name of the target class(es) that were selected in step 2. HSS Automatically appends "(Combined)" to the target class names.
    Step 4: Process the entries. HSS will move all entries in the source classes to the specified target class.

    When entries are moved from the source to target class, information copied for each entry includes:
    The USEF Section code of the source class, USEF Derby section if specified in results screen, Jumper height of the source class OR fence height specified in the source class results, and Circuit points division.

    Credit Cards - (NEW) Save credit cards for people:
    • HSS has a new feature to let you safely tokenize, encrypt and save credit card payment methods in people records.
    • Tokenized cards are treated just like the tokenized Ecommerce cards used with Online Entries.
    • When you save a credit card in a person’s record the card information is safely converted to an encrypted token.
    • NO raw credit card information is saved to the database, just the encrypted token and the last 4 digits and expiry of the card.
    • Because the card information is saved to a person’s record, it is available for use in all shows within the same database.
    • Person Editor has a new tab "Payment Methods" that lists cards that have been saved for the person and buttons to let you add a new card and to delete (redact) existing cards for the person.
    • When you process a credit card payment from the Payment entry screen or from a the Payments tab in Entry editor, the list of Ecommerce cards will include the credit card received with the online entry AND all available cards that are related to owner, trainer, or rider records related to the entries being paid.
    • A valid and active Ecommerce subscription is required to tokenize and save payment methods (credit cards) to person records.
    • Saved Ecommerce card payments are processed through your “Ecommerce” web gateway - the same as payments processed with a vaulted card provided with an online entry.

    Entry Editor:
    • On the "Classes" tab, pressing ALT-I or ALT-i will place focus on the "Default rider" dropdown and drop the list to allow quick selection of the default rider.
    • On the "Fees" tab, pressing the "Reset all fees to zero quantity" button will now prompt the user to confirm this is truly what they want to do.

    Fee editor:
    • Fees can now be deleted if the following is true: No entries exist in the show AND the show has NOT been published to HorseShowsOnline.
    • Update and Close, and Update and New are now supported.

    Fee Entry:
    • New checkbox (default is un-checked) in the fee entry screen to limit bulk changes to only those entries you select in the entry list.
    • Select entries in the list by swiping the row selectors or randomly by using CTRL-Click on the row selectors.

    FEI Results export:
    • FEI results export now maps HSS fault codes as follows (Consistent with USEF results export): 99=Eliminated, 98=Retired, 97=Withdrawn.
    • A scratched entry will also be recorded as "Withdrawn".
    • The FEI codes are el, ret, and wd

    Payment Entry:
    • Convenience fee can now be computed and applied for manual entries as well as direct credit card payments.
    • The default convenience fee percentage is defined in the show's properties.
    • You can override the default percentage in the payment entry screen if needed.
    • When using manual entry, the convenience fee is computed and applied when you select any of the credit card options in the "Payment Type" drop down.

    Person Editor:
    • A new tab "Payment Methods" added.
      • The Payment Methods tab lists Payment methods (Credit cards) that you have tokenized and saved to the person's record.
      • Buttons let you add / delete payment methods.
      • These payment methods can be used during credit card payment processing
      • Tokenized payment methods are available for the person across all shows in the same database.

    USEF Changes:

    • USEF access is restricted to shows that have been registered. USEF lookups are not available unless the show has been registered.
    • USEF Horse Lookup / Validation displays all owners of the horse. If the owner is a Leasee of the horse, that will be shown.
    • USEF Horse Lookup / Validation displays the prior USEF status, Start and End date if reported by USEF.
    • USEF Competition status analyzer now lists all USEF owner names, ID, and ownership start dates for horses.
    • USEF Validation and lookups: Safe Sport Expired flag is now ignored for Farms / Organization entity types.
    • USEF bulk validation Now handles a null DOB for people.
    • USEF bulk validation and status analyzer:Improved performance for horse data lookup on large shows.
    • USEF Export:Columns for FEI, or USDF affiliate number for horse (Column T) , owner (Column AN) , rider (Column AE), trainer (Column AV) are now populated during USEF export.

    Reports:
    • Global circuit points - Hunter and Jumper modified to show circuit division code instead of internal ID in title.
    • Class entry counts - the report will now include classes that have no entries.
    • Class Sheets Compact - New section in header has places 1 through 12 to allow space for someone to write in placing information.
    • Class Sheets - Obsolete and redundant "Younger / Older" age field for riders has been removed. The "Show Age" field which is based on the "USEF Age" of the rider as of the show date remains unchanged.
    • Class Prize Money Entry Percentages - Added summary totals for each class type and report grand total summary.
    • Trainer Add/Scratch form - Only ACTIVE status entries are listed. PENDING entries are excluded.
    • Report "Show/General/Classes with no results" now groups the classes by scheduled date to more easily see which classes don't have any results posted for each day.

    Dressage Tests:
    • New 2019 FEI, USDF, and USEF dressage tests updated.
    System:
    • Improved error logging to Windows Application event log for diagnostics.


     
    HSS  October 10, 2019   Version: 3.2019.1003
    Collapse/Expand
    Changes and Notes
    Champ Chart Tool:
    • The TOPN values on the champ chart report will now be suppressed if the option "Do not print column subtotals on report".
      The assumption when printing with this option is that the division is not yet finished and therefore final computations should not be done, and space should be left for judges to write in values.
    • The TOPN value will now default to zero for all Non-Hunter divisions. For Hunter Divisions TopN will default to 4.
    • When the "California Split" option is selected, the TOPN value for HUNTER divisions will be automatically set to 8 instead of 4.
    • Results will be auto-computed when changing most settings.
    • Champ chart report now includes the points values specified in the champ chart tool.
    • Champ chart report now flags classes that use "Bonus points" with an asterisk in the class number column heading.

    Cheque printing:
    Cheque printing now ensures the cheque number is right justified within a 15 character field to ensure sorting is applied numerically and behaves as expected when the order of magnitude of the cheque number increases (EG: 99, 99, 100 will sort correctly)

    Class Editor:
    When using "Update and New" the prize group will default to either the default prize group defined for the class's division, and if none, then the prize group defined in the previous class that was just edited.

    Combine Divisions and Classes (NEW):
    Use this wizard to move all entries in source classes to destination classes.
    The wizard lets you specify the target division, then the source classes you want to move into the target division.
    You will specify the
    The wizard provides the following steps:
    Step 1: Select the destination division you will be moving class entries to. This determines the classes that will be available to move entries to.
    Step 2: For each class you want to combine into a class in the Target division's classes, specify the class within the target division to move the entries to.
    Step 3: Specify the modified name of the target class(es) that were selected in step 2. HSS Automatically appends "(Combined)" to the target class names.
    Step 4: Process the entries. HSS will move all entries in the source classes to the specified target class.

    When entries are moved from the source to target class, information copied for each entry includes:
    The USEF Section code of the source class, USEF Derby section if specified in results screen, Jumper height of the source class OR fence height specified in the source class results, and Circuit points division.

    Credit Cards - (NEW) Save credit cards for people:
    • HSS has a new feature to let you safely tokenize, encrypt and save credit card payment methods in people records.
    • Tokenized cards are treated just like the tokenized Ecommerce cards used with Online Entries.
    • When you save a credit card in a person’s record the card information is safely converted to an encrypted token.
    • NO raw credit card information is saved to the database, just the encrypted token and the last 4 digits and expiry of the card.
    • Because the card information is saved to a person’s record, it is available for use in all shows within the same database.
    • Person Editor has a new tab "Payment Methods" that lists cards that have been saved for the person and buttons to let you add a new card and to delete (redact) existing cards for the person.
    • When you process a credit card payment from the Payment entry screen or from a the Payments tab in Entry editor, the list of Ecommerce cards will include the credit card received with the online entry AND all available cards that are related to owner, trainer, or rider records related to the entries being paid.
    • A valid and active Ecommerce subscription is required to tokenize and save payment methods (credit cards) to person records.
    • Saved Ecommerce card payments are processed through your “Ecommerce” web gateway - the same as payments processed with a vaulted card provided with an online entry.

    Entry Editor:
    • On the "Classes" tab, pressing ALT-I or ALT-i will place focus on the "Default rider" dropdown and drop the list to allow quick selection of the default rider.
    • On the "Fees" tab, pressing the "Reset all fees to zero quantity" button will now prompt the user to confirm this is truly what they want to do.

    Fee editor:
    • Fees can now be deleted if the following is true: No entries exist in the show AND the show has NOT been published to HorseShowsOnline.
    • Update and Close, and Update and New are now supported.

    Fee Entry:
    • New checkbox (default is un-checked) in the fee entry screen to limit bulk changes to only those entries you select in the entry list.
    • Select entries in the list by swiping the row selectors or randomly by using CTRL-Click on the row selectors.

    FEI Results export:
    • FEI results export now maps HSS fault codes as follows (Consistent with USEF results export): 99=Eliminated, 98=Retired, 97=Withdrawn.
    • A scratched entry will also be recorded as "Withdrawn".
    • The FEI codes are el, ret, and wd

    Payment Entry:
    • Convenience fee can now be computed and applied for manual entries as well as direct credit card payments.
    • The default convenience fee percentage is defined in the show's properties.
    • You can override the default percentage in the payment entry screen if needed.
    • When using manual entry, the convenience fee is computed and applied when you select any of the credit card options in the "Payment Type" drop down.

    Person Editor:
    • A new tab "Payment Methods" added.
      • The Payment Methods tab lists Payment methods (Credit cards) that you have tokenized and saved to the person's record.
      • Buttons let you add / delete payment methods.
      • These payment methods can be used during credit card payment processing
      • Tokenized payment methods are available for the person across all shows in the same database.

    USEF Changes:

    • USEF access is restricted to shows that have been registered. USEF lookups are not available unless the show has been registered.
    • USEF Horse Lookup / Validation displays all owners of the horse. If the owner is a Leasee of the horse, that will be shown.
    • USEF Horse Lookup / Validation displays the prior USEF status, Start and End date if reported by USEF.
    • USEF Competition status analyzer now lists all USEF owner names, ID, and ownership start dates for horses.
    • USEF Validation and lookups: Safe Sport Expired flag is now ignored for Farms / Organization entity types.
    • USEF bulk validation Now handles a null DOB for people.
    • USEF bulk validation and status analyzer:Improved performance for horse data lookup on large shows.
    • USEF Export:Columns for FEI, or USDF affiliate number for horse (Column T) , owner (Column AN) , rider (Column AE), trainer (Column AV) are now populated during USEF export.

    Reports:
    • Global circuit points - Hunter and Jumper modified to show circuit division code instead of internal ID in title.
    • Class entry counts - the report will now include classes that have no entries.
    • Class Sheets Compact - New section in header has places 1 through 12 to allow space for someone to write in placing information.
    • Class Sheets - Obsolete and redundant "Younger / Older" age field for riders has been removed. The "Show Age" field which is based on the "USEF Age" of the rider as of the show date remains unchanged.
    • Class Prize Money Entry Percentages - Added summary totals for each class type and report grand total summary.
    • Trainer Add/Scratch form - Only ACTIVE status entries are listed. PENDING entries are excluded.
    • Report "Show/General/Classes with no results" now groups the classes by scheduled date to more easily see which classes don't have any results posted for each day.

    Dressage Tests:
    • New 2019 FEI, USDF, and USEF dressage tests updated.
    System:
    • Improved error logging to Windows Application event log for diagnostics.

     
    HSS  April 22, 2019   Version: 3.2019.0420
    Collapse/Expand
    Changes and Notes
    1099 printing:
    Alignment modified to match 2018 1099 forms.

    ASHA results export:
    Added Back# column (Entry number) and re-arranged columns as per revised ASHA results template.

    Class results screen:
    Entries that competed” has been moved from the class and prize settings tab to the main results tab.

    Class results screen has new field “Entries that finished” to record the number of entries that finished (completed) in the class.
    The default is -1.
    Leave the value at -1 to let HSS compute the number of entries that finished based on the total number of entries in the class minus number of scratched entries.
    This value is reported on the class results report.

    Class results report has new field in summary “Entries that finished”.
    This is the count of entries minus the count of scratched entries OR the value manually entered in the class results screen for “Entries that finished”.

    Class editor:
    • New field added for "Class Specification"
    • Use this field to associate a class specification record with the class.
    • Class specifications are master records in the database that provide a title and a multiline text field that can be used to describe the class in detail.
    • For example instructions on how the class will be shown, or special long instructions for judging.
    • Class specifications can be included on judges cards, class sheets and other reports.
    • Use the Data / Class specifications to manage the class specifications in the database.
    Class Specifications - New feature:
    • A new table has been added to record master class specification definitions.
    • Class specifications are master records in the database that provide a title and a multiline text field that can be used to describe a class in detail.
      For example instructions on how the class will be shown, or special long instructions for judging.
    • Use the Data / Class specifications to manage the class specifications in the database.
    • The Class specifications editor provides feature to add / edit / delete class specification records as well as generating a report of all specifications.
    • Class specifications can be included on judges cards and other reports.
    • When creating a new HSS database class specifications can be imported from another HSS database.
    Classes grid:
    The new "Class specification" field for classes is listed in the Classes grid.

    Credit card processing: General
    • Updated and simplified credit card payment processing setup so that required fields are specific to each processor platform (EG: VIRTUAL MERCHANT, AUTHORIZE.NET etc).
    • Added new credit card processing setting to select the type of card reader in use.
    • Except for TSYS, users should select “MagTek unencrypted keyboard mode”. Use MagTek model 21040109 USB unencrypted Keyboard mode reader.
    • For TSYS, users should set this to “MagTek DynaMag Encrypted HID mode”. Use MagTek model 21073075 USB encrypted HID mode reader keyed by TSYS.
    • TSYS users will need to acquire a properly keyed DynaMag card reader from their TSYS representative.  Encrypted DynaMag readers are specific to each merchant account.
    Credit card processing: Elavon / Converge changes
    • Payment processing credentials are now saved with the show - Account ID, User ID, and User PIN.
    • The User ID/ User PIN popup that previously was shown during the first payment has been eliminated.
    • Existing shows will need to update the Payment Processing settings for the show.
      Do this from File / Change Current Show Properties on the "Payment processing" tab.
      You need to enter your Account ID, User ID, and User PIN settings appropriate for your Elavon Retail account. 
      Contact your Elavon representative if you need assistance.
    Credit card processing: New card processor ECOMMERCE
    • Added new point of sale credit card processor ECOMMERCE.
    • This payment processor will use the same payment gateway that is configured for the show's HorseShowsOnline payment gateway.
    • This can be useful for users that do not have a traditional point of sale processor like Virtual Merchant (Elavon), Authorize.net etc.
    • Note the following when choosing to use ECOMMERCE for our payment processor:
    • You can still use a basic non encrypted MagTek model 21040109 card swiper to pre-fill the fields in the manual entry form.
    • Magnetic strip data is NOT submitted to the payment processor.
    • Credit card fees are usually lower if you use one of the supported Point Of Sale processor options like (Virtual Merchant (Elavon))
    Credit card processing: New card processor TSYS
    • Added new point of sale credit card processor TSYS.
    Credit card processing: Convenience Fee NEW FEATURE
    • Convenience Fees can be automatically calculated and charged in the payment entry screen.
    • New fields have been added to the show properties / payment processing tab to define the default convenience fee percentage and whether the convenience fee is subject to tax1 and/or tax 2.
    • The convenience fee is only applicable when processing a credit card payment.
    • The payment screen provides a field to modify the default convenience fee percentage. Set the value to 0 if you don't want to charge the fee to the payee during credit card processing.
    • When a convenience fee is charged, it will be listed on entry invoice(s) as code "*CC-CONVFEE" and will list the amount the fee was based on.
    • A "*CC-CONVFEE" fee will be listed each time a credit card payment is made against an entry and the fee is charged.
    • The convenience fee will NOT be listed on an invoice until a successful credit card payment is processed.
    Data export - Added "TIN Export by person".
    • This new export will export a TIN (Tax Id number) TXT file that can be submitted to IRS for checking SSN numbers.
    • This feature is available from the "Export" menu in HSS.
    • The file is based on all people in the current show.
    • More information on this file format can be found at the IRS site: https://www.irs.gov/pub/irs-pdf/p2108a.pdf
    Entry editor - Fees tab:
    New button added to allow resetting all fee quantities to zero.

    Entry editor:
    Coggins and Vaccine warning colour is now based on the show start date rather than the current date.

    Entry editor - Classes tab:
    New buttons let you add the current owner or current trainer as Rider for the entry. No need to go to the Riders tab.
    New button "Apply rider to selected classes" lets you change the rider on multiple classes to the currently selected rider.

    Equine Canada:
    Updated internet connection to use licence.equestrian.ca instead of discontinued licence.equinecanada.ca (Effective May 2019)

    Equine Canada: 
    Person and Horse lookups now highlight in red when: Payment date not in current year, suspensions, not in good standing, owner not in good standing

    Fee editor: 
    No longer allows apostrophes in the fee code. The fee code field is widened to allow viewing full fee code when the code is up to 20 characters long.

    Fee Entry screen:
    A new checkbox lets you exclude pending entries.

    FEI Lookup: 
    Corrected problem that generated an error during FEI lookups.

    Importing People, Horses etc from a different database:
    • A new option has been added to include / exclude Class specifications when importing data into a new HSS database
    • When importing people to a new HSS database, People marked as "Permanent" in the source database will always be imported to the new database.
    Invoices:
    A small text message "The show may charge a convenience fee for certain payment methods" is listed in the "Please Pay" area if a non-zero default credit card convenience fee percentage has been specified in the show's payment processing settings.

    Payment Entry screen:
    A new checkbox lets you exclude pending entries.

    Payment Entry screen: Credit Card Convenience Fee
    • Convenience Fees can be automatically calculated and charged in the payment entry screen.
    • The convenience fee is only applicable when processing a credit card payment on the "Credit card" tab.
    • The payment screen provides a field to modify the default convenience fee percentage. Set the value to 0 if you don't want to charge the fee to the payee during credit card processing.
    • The convenience fee amount is automatically computed based on the "Payment Amount" you specify for each entry.
    • When a convenience fee is charged, it will be listed on entry invoice(s) as code "*CC-CONVFEE" and will list the amount the fee was based on.
    • A "*CC-CONVFEE" fee will be listed each time a credit card payment is made against an entry and the fee is charged.
    • The convenience fee will NOT be listed on an invoice until a successful credit card payment is processed.

    REPORTS:
    • Judges cards - Open breed format includes Class specifications for the class when defined.
    • Judges cards - Jumper includes Class specifications for the class when defined.
    • Judges cards - Non Jumper includes Class specifications for the class when defined.
    • New Report: Judges cards - Non Jumper (Landscape) - New report added. Same as Judges cards - Non Jumper, but landscape mode to provide more room for entry notes.
    • New Report: Show / Entries / Score Sheet Hunter - Non FEI
    • New Report: Show / Entries / Score Sheet Jumper - Non FEI
    • New Report: Global / Fee Billing Cross Tab By Trainer with shows - All Shows.
      This report is by TRAINER (Not stable with trainer) and summarizes all fees charged across all shows for each trainer and includes the show details and count of shows.
    Show Manager:
    New columns added to classes grid lists Scratches and Net Entries. Net Entries is the total entry count minus Scratched count.

    Show Manager: Bulk activation of pending entries (NEW Feature)
    • A new pending entry activation wizard lets you activate multiple pending entries.
    • HSS will list all pending entries. Select the entries you want to activate.
    • HSS provides a field to specify the starting entry number to assign and will automatically choose the next closest available entry number as you select entries to activate.
    • Launch the new Activate Entries wizard from the new button at the bottom of show manager titled "Activate Pending Entries"

    USEF Horse lookup / validation:
    The USEF Microchip status field will now highlight in yellow if the status text begins with "Ineligible"

    USEF Validation analyzer:
    The yellow background highlight colour has been darkened somewhat to help with screens that don't display colour vividly.

    USEF Competition status analyzer:
    • Background check expiry checking is disabled until USEF requires this for trainers.
    • The date of background check expiry is still listed if known, but will not be flagged as an exception if it is missing or expired.
    • New column added "Microchip Status" for horses. The column is highlighted in red if the status begins with "Ineligible"
    USEF Validation:
    New columns added and colourized for warnings: Suspended, USEF Status, USHJA Status, Safe Sport Expired.
    This provides a quick way to view important status at the same time as validating address, DOB and other information with USEF data.

     
    HSS  January 26, 2019   Version: 3.2019.0125
    Collapse/Expand
    Changes and Notes
    1. Horse Editor - The owners listed in the owner drop down list the Owner's USEF number in square brackets after the address.

    2. Reporting and networking problems with IP address / DB Logon failure:
      HSS will attempt to connect to the server's data folder for reporting based on the UNC path using the IP or Server name entered in the "Change Server" screen rather than always using the Server's PC name.
      This should help with networks that cannot properly resolve the correct IP address for the server's name.
      In general it is preferred to specify the IP address of the server rather than the server's name when selecting a server.

    3. About screen
      The path to the current database location in UNC format is now shown and a button to launch file explorer added to attempt browsing to the database location.This can be useful for troubleshooting network connectivity. If it is necessary to enter network credentials (for the server) they can be entered when prompted for in File explorer.
      Make sure you provide credentials (a user ID and password defined on the server), and check-mark the "Save credentials" if prompted in file explorer.

    4. USEF validation
      Updated to resolve a change USEF made to their API that broke lookups.

    5. USEF validation
      Corrected problem where USEF reported JU rather than JR for rider type.

    6. USEF lookup / validation timeout extended from 60 to 120 seconds to handle slow USEF response on large shows during validation.

     
    HSS  December 04, 2018   Version: 3.2018.1203
    Collapse/Expand
    Changes and Notes

    IMPORTANT: 
    This update incorporates all changes required to meet USEF's new data services (API) effective Dec 1, 2018.  
    USEF is discontinuing their old API and older versions of HSS (and other software) will no longer work with USEF as of Dec 1, 2018.

    Changes in 3.2018.1203 update:
    1. Competition status analyzer – Entry details now sort by role instead of name.

    2. USEF lookups now align with the Show start date rather than current date when querying USEF for data.
      This will better coordinate membership dates at USEF with the show start date.

    3. USEF Person validate/lookup screen now includes the new “Suspension Status field” field from USEF.
      Possible USEF Details values are: "YES", "MED", "MGT", "LO", "NO". Yes is used for Exhibiting Suspensions

    4. USEF Person validate/lookup screen now includes the new “Suspension details” field from USEF.
      Possible USEF values are: "Allowed on competition grounds", "Horses can compete", "". Only displays for applicable records where Suspension Status = 'YES'

    5. Reports: "Attendees at show" report has new columns indicating the person’s roles in the show (IE: Owner, Rider, Trainer).

    Changes since Dec 1, 2018:

    1. Credit card processing: Jetpay processor updated to support TLS1.2 encryption.

    2. HSS site URLs updated to use new TimeSlice and HSS site URLs for connectivity.

    3. Resolved problem where Dressage tests would not update from the "File / Update dressage tests" menu item due to new secure site access.

    4. New global report:
      New cross tab report added to Reports Explorer / Global: Hunter Division Entry counts - All Shows.
      This lists the count of non-scratched entries in each show division in each show.
      The count is based on the number of entries in the class designated as the First Over Fences class for the division.

    5. Improved search feature in Horses, Riders, Owners, Trainers grids.
      Automatically filters and searches by Horse name, Owner name, First name, Last name and USEF number.

    6. All USEF features re-written to use new USEF Web services that are effective Dec 1, 2018. 

    7. USEF Results export updated to meet USEF 2019 Results template requirements

    8. USEF lookup screens and menu/toolbar items added to launch USEF search for horses or people.

    9. USEF validation screens have additional fields and highlight colors.
      Pink indicates mismatches between USEF’s information and HSS information.
      Yellow indicates a USEF warning when a horse or person is suspended, Membership active dates are not valid for the show date, USEF Safe sport training has expired, or USEF Background check has expired.

      In horse and people editor, press the ENTER key on keyboard in the USEF number field to launch the USEF validation screen.
      HSS will look for the USEF number, or if that field is not complete will search by matching Horse name or for People editor by person’s name, city and state.

      When a search by name discovers multiple matching records, the screen will display all matches and allow you to select the horse or person to use.
      This makes it relatively easy to populate a horse or person record by searching USEF’s data using just a horse name or a person’s name and address.

    10. USEF Non member analyzer updated to use new USEF web service.

    11. USEF Section code update updated to use new USEF web service.

    12. Entry editor USEF status tab updated to use new USEF web service.
      New columns and logic added to USEF Status grid to display Membership Start / End dates, Safe sport training expiry date, and Background check expiry date.
      The expiry dates are compared to the show start and end date. Dates are considered out of range if they are not valid during the duration of the show.
      Safe sport expiry only applies to adults aged 18 and over.
      Background check expiry only applies to trainers.

    13. NEW “Chip status” field shown on Basic tab of entry editor to indicate if the horse has a microchip number or not based on USEF data.

    14. NEW USEF bulk validation rewritten to use new USEF web services.
      Bulk validation now combines all people into a single list rather than separate rider, owner, trainer lists.Validation will apply non-blank USEF information to a horse and person records for records / fields you select during validation.

      Tool tips when hovering over a cell or a row selector in the validation screen will display current information for the record versus USEF information so you can preview the differences.
      Update multiple records by selecting multiple rows, or apply single cell updates by double clicking the cell or pressing the space bar while focused on a cell.  Use the cursor up/down/left/right keys to navigate the cells from the keyboard if desired.

      Horse Height has special rules during validation:
      If the "Measured at Show" flag in a horse record is checked, USEF height will only overwrite the height if USEF has a non-blank height.
      When the measured at Show flag is not checked, the USEF height will always overwrite the horse record height even if USEF has no height recorded (IE: Blank).
      If a USEF height overwrites a measured at show height during validation, the Measured at Show flag is reset in the horse record.

    15. NEW USEF Competition Status Analyzer.
      Use this screen to review USEF information that is required for people and horses. Suspensions, Expired memberships, Safe sport training expiry,
      Background check expiry, Microchip status for horses etc.

    16. NEW “Measured at Show” checkbox added to horse records. Horse Height has special rules with respect to USEF validation.
      If the "Measured at Show" flag is set in the horse record, USEF height will only overwrite the height if USEF has a valid height.
      When the measured at Show flag is not set, the USEF height will always overwrite the horse record height even if USEF has no height recorded (IE: Blank).
      If a USEF height overwrites a measured at show height during validation, the Measured at Show flag is reset in the horse record.

    17. NEW Right click in show manager to launch USEF Validation by trainer.
      Loads the USEF Validation screen listing all people and horses related to the trainer of the selected entry.

    18. NEW Right click in show manager to launch USEF Competition Status Analyzer trainer.
      Loads the USEF Competition Status Analyzer screen listing all people and horses related to the trainer of the selected entry.

    19. NEW Online entry processing screen provides a new USEF Information grid that provides the current USEF information for each person and horse in an online entry.
      This allows you to review the important USEF credentials, expiry dates, suspension status of each entity in a submitted entry prior to accepting (or rejecting) the entry.
      The USEF info panel provides a feature to print the information and/or to print the information and the online entry form.
      The information panel highlights problem information in red. For example, missing or invalid USEF number, USEF membership dates out of date for the show date, Missing horse microchip number etc.

    20. Import of Online Entries will no longer import a horse’s height from the online entry.
     
    HSS  July 23, 2018   Version: 3.2018.0722
    Collapse/Expand
    Changes and Notes
    1. EC Results export:
      Resolved problem trying to export results to Equine Canada when user selected "Include classes with no entries" option.

    2. Show Manager Report right click:
      Class sheets report FEI now uses the FEI class sheets sorted by Rider instead of by Counter/Rider.

    3. Show Manager - USEF Status:
      Resolved problem where the USEF status would not turn red when an entry had multiple riders and there was a rider with USEF warnings and another without warnings.

    4. Reports - Class Sheets FEI:
      The graphic chart in the report summary is no longer included in the report to save paper.

    5. Reports - Fee Analysis:
      The graphic chart in the report summary is no longer included in the report to save paper.


     
    HSS  July 14, 2018   Version: 3.2018.0708
    Collapse/Expand
    Changes and Notes
    1. Class results screen:
      Prize analysis information moved to the main tab so that is easy to see the current analysis of prize money awarded, percentage of prize money paid etc.
    2. Class results screen:
      Special values for recording Eliminated, Withdrawn, and Retired have changed.
      The values are now: 99=Eliminated, 98=Retired, 97=Withdrawn

    3. Credit card processing:
      Resolved error 5040 when processing point of sale cards through Elavon due to a change made by Elavon to their API.

    4. Fee entry:
      The fee entry screen will now post quantity changes to entries even if the fee amount is $0.00. This is useful if you have fees that are intended only for the purpose of counting the quantity of the fee.

    5. Payment types:
      Added new payment type "PPD-CREDITCARD"

    6. Person editor:
      Hong Kong added as a country in the country / state picker.
      Resolved problem where Mexico states could not be saved.
      When creating a new person (Owner, Rider, Trainer), person editor defaults to creating the same person in all three roles. The user can uncheck any roles not desired.

    7. Reports: Class results reports updated to use the revised special fault codes: 99=Eliminated, 98=Retired, 97=Withdrawn

    8. Reports: FEI Jump order (8x11) and (8x14) - If a class has scratched entries, the jump order no longer skips a start position. All start positions will now increment by 1.

    9. Reports: Added new report "Payments by date and type - All shows" to reports explorer / Global.
      This report lists all payments to all non-dormant shows grouped and summarized by date and payment type.

    10. Reports: Added new report "Invoice balances by invoice to" to Reports explorer/Show/Financial.
      This report lists invoice balances grouped and summarized by the person designated as the "Invoice To" person for each entry.

    11. Reports: Added new report "Invoice balances by prize payee" to Reports explorer/Show/Financial.
      This report lists invoice balances grouped and summarized by the person designated as the "Prize Payee" person for each entry.

    12. Reports: Show Entries by Horse, Owner, Trainer reports now correctly sort and now only include "Active" status entries.

    13. Scoreboard Export:
      When exporting classes for scoreboard, the filenames are now prefixed with the date and time to better distinguish when the exports were done. This also allows you to easily sort export files by the time they were created. For example, the file name will now look like: [2018-06-19 112027]Class-1.txt and [2018-06-19 112027]Class-2.txt

    14. Show Manager / Divisions tab:
      When a division number is entered and Enter Key is pressed, the Champ Chart tool is opened instead of the older division results screen.

    CollapseHSSremote Change History
     
    HSSremote  June 04, 2018   Version: 1.2018.0604
    Collapse/Expand
    Changes and Notes

    June 4, 2018:

    Compatibility update.

    Prior Changes
    Collapse/Expand
    Changes Prior to July 2018

    July 8, 2018 Version 3.2018.0708

    1. Class results screen:
      Prize analysis information moved to the main tab so that is easy to see the current analysis of prize money awarded, percentage of prize money paid etc.

    2. Class results screen:
      Special values for recording Eliminated, Withdrawn, and Retired have changed.
      The values are now: 99=Eliminated, 98=Retired, 97=Withdrawn

    3. Credit card processing:
      Resolved error 5040 when processing point of sale cards through Elavon due to a change made by Elavon to their API.

    4. Fee entry:
      The fee entry screen will now post quantity changes to entries even if the fee amount is $0.00. This is useful if you have fees that are intended only for the purpose of counting the quantity of the fee.

    5. Payment types:
      Added new payment type "PPD-CREDITCARD"

    6. Person editor:
      Hong Kong added as a country in the country / state picker.
      Resolved problem where Mexico states could not be saved.
      When creating a new person (Owner, Rider, Trainer), person editor defaults to creating the same person in all three roles. The user can uncheck any roles not desired.

    7. Reports: Class results reports updated to use the revised special fault codes: 99=Eliminated, 98=Retired, 97=Withdrawn

    8. Reports: FEI Jump order (8x11) and (8x14) - If a class has scratched entries, the jump order no longer skips a start position. All start positions will now increment by 1.

    9. Reports: Added new report "Payments by date and type - All shows" to reports explorer / Global.
      This report lists all payments to all non-dormant shows grouped and summarized by date and payment type.

    10. Reports: Added new report "Invoice balances by invoice to" to Reports explorer/Show/Financial.
      This report lists invoice balances grouped and summarized by the person designated as the "Invoice To" person for each entry.

    11. Reports: Added new report "Invoice balances by prize payee" to Reports explorer/Show/Financial.
      This report lists invoice balances grouped and summarized by the person designated as the "Prize Payee" person for each entry.

    12. Reports: Show Entries by Horse, Owner, Trainer reports now correctly sort and now only include "Active" status entries.

    13. Scoreboard Export:
      When exporting classes for scoreboard, the filenames are now prefixed with the date and time to better distinguish when the exports were done. This also allows you to easily sort export files by the time they were created. For example, the file name will now look like: [2018-06-19 112027]Class-1.txt and [2018-06-19 112027]Class-2.txt

    14. Show Manager / Divisions tab:
      When a division number is entered and Enter Key is pressed, the Champ Chart tool is opened instead of the older division results screen.

    May 11, 2018 Version 3.2018.0511

    1. Entry Editor:
      New payment type added "RETURNED-CHK".
      This is useful if you want to record a negative amount item in the payments grid for an entry to recorded a returned check
      .

    2. Equine Canada:
      Updated list of EC classes, EC class types, and added support for Bronze sanction level.
      Please note that many EC classes prior to 2018 are no longer used by EC - After installing the update make sure you are using only EC 2018 class codes for any EC classes in your show.

    3. Dressage tests:
      FEI - New and revised 2018 FEI dressage tests updated.

    4. Reports:
      Class Sheets - FEI, has an updated summary with counts and charts by rider's FEI country.

    5. New report:
      "Class sheets - FEI - by rider" added. This is the same as the "Class sheets - FEI" but sorted by "Rider" rather than by "Country + Rider"

    6. New report:
      "Entry number assignment for show series" added to reports explorer in folder "Reports/Show/Entries"
      This report provides a cross tab listing the entry number and horse assigned in all shows in the database that share the same "Show series" setting.  The "Show series" is a field in each show's properties screen.
      This is useful if you are trying to use the same back number (entry number) for the same horse across a multi-week show.

    7. New report:
      "Entry number assignment for show series - exceptions" added to reports explorer in folder "Reports/Show/Entries"
      This report provides a cross tab listing any entry number where different horses are assigned to the entry number in different shows in the database that share the same "Show series" setting. The "Show series" is a field in each show's properties screen.  This is useful for any entry numbers that may be incorrectly assigned to different horses in a multi-week show where you expect to always use the same entry number for the horse in all weeks of the show.

    8. USEF Certification:
      HSS is now Platinum Approved by USEF (United States Equestrian Federation),

      And approved by USEF as a entry level 1 show software.

    April 28, 2018 Version 3.2018.0428

    1. Class results:
      Internal error trap added to handle an entry in the class where no rider was specified.

    2. Dressage tests:
      All 2018 WSDAC dressage tests have been added - Introductory, Basic, Levels 1 through 4, Freestyle, and Walk/Trot.
      Use "File / Update dressage tests" to update your HSS database. Reopen your show after running the update.

    3. Reports: Class Sheets - FEI
      Records now sort on Country, then rider then horse.
      Summary of unique riders grouped by domestic / foreign now shown at end of report. The “Domestic” count is based on the country defined for the show in show properties and the FEI country specified for the rider. If they match, the rider is considered Domestic otherwise Foreign.

    4. Online entry blank forms:
      When creating blank online entry form from "HorseShowsOnline / View print online entries", the blank will now create a blank line for classes entered
      and "Emergency contact:", "Remark:", and "Stable with:" boxes are populated with the related titles.

    5. USEF Results export:
      Modified export in columns CJ through CO in the USEF export file to use blanks instead of zero as per updated USEF results export specification released by USEF April 27, 2018

    6. USEF validation:
      A problem that caused a multi-step error when USEF returned a huge list of affiliates for a person has been resolved.

    7. USEF Validation:
      A problem that caused a multi-step error when exporting USEF validation to Excel when USEF returned a huge list of affiliates for a person has been resolved.

    April 13, 2018 Version 3.2018.0413

    1. AHA results export:
      AHA Export will now use the "Breed Reg No" field for breed registry number.
      If the horse's Breed Reg No field is blank, HSS will use the Assoc No of the horse for the breed registry number in the export.
      Previously HSS always used the Horse's association number field only.

    2. Rider labels:
      Minor adjustment to label layout to resolve problem with label creep / alignment on some printers.

    April 3, 2018 Version 3.2018.0403

    1. Show editor:
      Resolved problem where CC Processor ID drop down would not always save the selection.

    2. Show publishing:
      Resolved problem where users that had a windows user name that included dots in the user name got a "bracketing" error when attempting to publish their show.

    March 23, 2018 Version 3.2018.0323

    1. FEI Lookups:
      Updated FEI connection security to match the recently changed FEI requirement to use SSL TSL1.2 security. This resolves a problem where FEI lookups failed with a connection has been closed error.

    2. Online entry settings / Show registration:
      The default for "Payment is required" is now unchecked when creating a new show.
      The show registration wizard will no longer complain about a missing Ecommerce subscription when "Payment is required" is checked or unchecked.

    3. Reports:
      New blank judges card reports added - Judges cards - jumper - blank, Judges cards - non jumper - blank, Judges cards - open breed format - blank

    March 15, 2018 Version 3.2018.0307

    1. Class results editor:

      1. Excessive prize money warning for California split classes will now only be displayed if the total awarded is double the amount defined in the prize group.
        The warning will be suppressed if the "Ignore prize money tie warnings" checkbox is checked for the class.

      2. Circuit division for each entry now displays the name of the default circuit division assigned to the class
        When overridden for an entry in the class, the circuit division is highlighted in yellow.

      3. Rider Show Age is now displayed at the end of the rider's name in class results screen and in the drop down.
        "Show age" is the rider's age in full years as of Dec 1 for the show's USEF year.
        Note that USEF show years run from Dec 1 through Nov 30 of the following year.

    2. Copy Entries:
      When copying entries from a prior show, the "Signatures valid" and "Signed In" checkboxes are reset to unchecked on the new entry.

    3. Credit card processing:
      Authorize.net processing updated to use new security protocol TLS1.2

    4. Entry editor:
      A new flag in the "Flags and Options" section in entry editor displays the source of the entry: Manually entered, Online entry, or Copied from other show.

    5. Horse editor:
      The Microchip Number field is highlighted in red when the field is empty.

    6. Online entry:
      When rejecting an online entry where a payment has been received the “Reject online entry” screen now displays information on the CC payment.
      There is no provision provided to automatically refund the amount, but this should be helpful as a warning and to assist with processing a full or partial refund.

    7. Show Editor:
      Corrected problem where some fields were not pre-populated with default values when creating a new show (EG: "Invoice To=Owner").

    8. Show manager / Fee entry popup:
      When invoking the "Fee entry by owner or trainer" from the popup menu over an entry, the fee entry editor will now stay open if you click "Apply changes" instead of closing. This allows you to stay in the fee entry screen. You can click the "Apply and close" button to save the changes and go back to show manager.

    9. Sibling classes:
      Class editor now lets you select a different prize group for sibling classes in a double/triple judged show.
      Typically this is so that you can assign prize money to the main class, and select different prize money (EG: $0.00) for each of
      the sibling classes so that prize money is only awarded for placings recorded in the main class.

      Adding a sibling class when there are already entries in the main class will now automatically enter the entries into the sibling class just added.

    10. Reports:

      1. New report "Prize List" added to Reports/Show/General folder. This report generates a prize list based on the divisions and classes in the show.

      2. New report "Jump order - simplified" added to Reports/Show/Entries folder. This reported is similar to the "Jump order" report with the logo and several columns removed.

      3. Class proofing report updated - The report will now list the prize money for each non-zero prize placing.

      4. Fee analysis report updated - When drilling down on a fee to see the list of entry details the drill down view now lists all riders associated with the entry.

      5. Class selection in reports explorer has a new button "Select classes by schedule date" to allow easy selection of classes to include in the report based on the scheduled date and/or ring.

      6. Judges Cards now allow selection of classes to print using the standard class selection grid and the new "Select classes by date/ring" selector.

    February 20, 2018 Version 3.2018.0220

    1. Horses grid: New column "Chip No" added. This is used for the USEF Microchip number.

    2. Invoices:
      The results section on invoices (if enabled for the show) will now list the prize payee name, address, and partial SSN/Federal No or a warning if no SSN/Federal number has been recorded for the prize payee.

    3. Reports:
      Fees by trainer - entry comparison has new column grouping of fees by fee category, suppresses zero amounts, and lists the "Stall" field related to the entry.

    4. Reports:
      Class results report -The rider's show age is now listed instead of the obsolete "Age group" field.

    5. Reports:
      Trainer Add/Scratch form - Barn accounts are now excluded from the report.

    6. Self serve console:
      The USEF tab has been removed from the self serve console due to compatibility issues with USEF's new web site.

    7. USEF Validation:
      Added new column for Microchip number.
      You can update records that differ from USEF's information individually, or use the bulk update button to update all horses using the microchip number reported by USEF.

    8. USEF Validation:
      Corrected problem where USEF Validation would not export to Excel when USEF records had a long affiliates text for a person.

    February 6, 2018 Version 3.2018.0208

    1. Resolved problem where computers with language set to French could not connect to HSO registration system.

    2. Resolved problem where computers with language set to French did not apply network share permissions during installation.

    3. Corrected problem where grid layouts could not be reset using File / HSS Program Settings / Reset grids button.

    4. Resolved performance problem opening some screens like Show manager, Classes, Owners etc where certain PCs with a non responsive drive delayed screen opening.  This may result in significantly faster access to screens on affected computers.

    February 1, 2018 Version 3.2018.0131

    1. Online entry settings:
      The default USEF agreement text used when editing online entry settings has been updated to use the latest default USEF agreement text.

    2. 1099s:
      New checkbox list in the 1099 Auto-Generate screen lets you select the shows in a database to generate the 1099s for. Previously the 1099s were always based on all shows in the database.
      Dormant shows default to being un-checked.

    3. 1099 Multi-database merge tool (NEW)
      Available on the finance menu.
      This tool exports 1099s from multiple databases into a single Excel (xlsx) file.
      You can select the databases to get the 1099's from.
      When there are multiple 1099s for a payee, they will be combined into a single 1099 for the payee with the taxable amount equal to the sum of the individual 1099s for the payee.
      You should generate 1099s for each database BEFORE using the tool.
      The wizard will provide fields for the Payer information that will be applied to all the 1099s.
      1099's will only combine for a payee if ALL fields (name, ssn, address, payer information) exactly match from each database.

    4. Scoreboard import:
      Class results / Scoreboard import has new support for Hippo Data CSV file import.
      The input file is expect to be a delimited text file using semi-colons as field delimiters.
      The first row is the class number and name surrounded in quotations - this row is ignored.
      Subsequent lines in the file represent placings with the following 9 columns:
      Place; Entry number; Rider, Nothing; Horse; R1 faults; R1 time; R3 faults; R3 time; prize

    January 10, 2018 Version 3.2018.0101

    1. Class results entry:
      When entering class results for a California split, Group 1 results no longer preloads all entries if there are no placings already recorded in the class.

    2. Copy entries:
      The option to "Transfer balance" when copying entries from a prior show now defaults to unchecked.

    3. Orders printing:
      Entry number now correctly printed when printing multiple orders for different entries.

    4. Horse editor:
      TIP number field (Thoroughbred Incentive Program) field widened to display all 20 characters.

    5. Reports:
      Show Analysis report now lists class entry fees and division entry fees in numerical order by class number / Division number respectively.

    6. Reports:
      1099 Misc tax forms now offers a choice of Government copy or Recipient copy.
      SSN (TIN) is always masked on Recipient copy to enforce security on SSN numbers.
      The government copy address information is formatted to match the 2017 1099 layout.

    October 21, 2017 Version 3.2017.1021
     

    Check out the new Products and Orders features in HSS (EG: Feed, bedding etc). 
    Includes support for accepting online orders for products.

    New features to copy entries from prior shows

    New features to transfer balances from prior shows.

    New email tool to quickly generate email lists.

    IMPORTANT:
    Shows using Elavon credit card processing MUST upgrade to this version before Oct 31, 2017 to use new Elavon security features.

    1. AHA results export:
      Main title area in the export screen now displays the AHA show number instead of the USEF show number.

    2. Check printing:
      Checks will now print "*Check Fed No" on the check below the entry information if it appears the SSN (Federal Number) related to the check does not contain 9 characters excluding hyphens and spaces.

    3. Class editor:
      When assigning judges to a class, there are 3 new judge location specifications: Call, MOS2, MOS3.
      These are the respective judges for MOS scoring.

    4. Class results editor:
      Improved "Results entry"screen provides rapid input of class results, including drag and drop reordering of results.
      Immediate display of final placings as results are keyed.
      Support for entering California split results in up to 4 groups of entries.
      Key in entry numbers in the results list in the placing order and use the Plus (+) and Minus (-) key to add or remove the entry.
      Drag / drop the entries in the list to reorder if necessary.
      For California splits, select the group list and key in the entry numbers.

    5. Class results editor:
      New "Ignore placing warnings" checkbox added to suppress the warning when you specify a finish place that exceeds the number of horses in the class.

    6. Class verification:
      When inputting entry numbers in the class verification screen, you can now use the Plus key to add the entry number, and Minus key to remove the entry number. This is much faster than manually selecting an item in the lists and pressing the delete key, although the old method is still supported.

    7. Credit card processing:
      Elavon has updated the API URL and network security requirements to TLS 1.2.

      IMPORTANT:
      The new API url must be used as of Oct 31, 2017.

      HSS users using Elavon payment processing MUST update to this version of HSS prior to Oct 31, 2017
      The new URLs have been incorporated into HSS and can be overridden if necessary using a modified HSS.exe.config file.

    8. Entry editor:
      Coggins date and Vaccine date are now displayed on the basic info tab in entry editor.
      If vaccine or Coggins are expired or otherwise invalid these fields will be highlighted in red, otherwise they are highlighted in green.

    9. Entry editor:
      New fields display the USEF and USHJA status for the horse when you perform a USEF status lookup.

    10. Entry editor:
      New checkbox flag "Signed in / Entry picked up" to indicate if the exhibitor has picked up their back number and completed any other sign in procedures.

    11. Entry editor:
      New checkbox flag "Self checkout OK" to indicate if the exhibitor is allowed to pay and settle their account using HorseShowsOnline or other automated checkout services. (Self checkout service will be available in a future release).

    12. Export:
      Anew export feature"RyeGate export master entry list" menu has been added to the new Export menu.
      The "RyeGate export master entry list" exports the following fields to a CSV (Excel) file for all active entries in the show for use with RyeGate scoreboards: entry_number, horse_name, rider_name, blank1, blank2, owner_name, sire, dam, rider_city, rider_state
      You can directly open this file in Excel or other spreadsheet or scoreboard software.

    13. Export:
      Two new exports"SSN Export by Entry", and "SSN export by person" added to the new Export menu.
      Both export data to CSV files that can be opened in Excel.
      Export SSN by entry: This will list the entry number, entry name, payee, owner, trainer names and association Federal number for all entries in the show
      Export SSN by person: This will consolidate the payee, owner, trainer for all entries in the show into a single list of FirstName, LastName, Federal number

    14. Email Tool - New Feature:
      Available from the "Data" menu in HSS.
      Use this tool to edit email addresses for people in the database.
      Use the filter, find, group options in the tool to easily find people based on their name, address, phone etc.
      Options are available to export the filtered list of people to Excel.
      Use the selection checkboxes to create a list of email addresses you can copy and paste into an email so that you can easily send a bulk email to your exhibitors.

    15. Dressage scoring:
      Standard and collective marks now allow any value between 0 and 10 to 3 decimal places.
      The "Enter" key now behaves like pressing the "Tab" key, advancing the edit field to the next row in the grid.

    16. Fee editor: New field added "Accounting code". This field can be used for the GL account number or other accounting code used when exporting data.

    17. HSO Control panel:
      New switch added to turn on / off online ordering at HorseShowsOnline for the show.
      If you define products in the show (Feed, Bedding etc) that can be ordered online, then you can use this switch to turn that feature on and off directly without republishing the show.

    18. HSS - Main menu:
      Various associations menu items are now grouped under a main "Associations" drop down in the main HSS menu in order to better organize and simplify the menu.

    19. HSS - Main menu:
      A new "Export" menu has been added. Scoreboard export has been moved from the "Date" menu to the new "Export" menu.

    20. HSS - Import classes, fees etc:
      When importing prizes, fees, divisions, classes, you can now also import products. Products import is enabled by default.

    21. HSS:
      New item on HSO menu "Send bulletin to users following this show".
      HorseShowsOnline users can follow a show by flagging the show as a "Favourite" show.
      Use this feature to send a bulletin with information to all users that are following the show.
      The bulletin will be delivered to all users via email. Typically they will receive the bulletin within a few minutes.
      This is very useful when you need to send a notification about schedule changes or other events at the show.

    22. HSS - Copy entries from prior show:
      New feature added "Copy entries from prior show".
      This feature is available on the "Data" menu on the main HSS menu, AND on the "Actions" menu in show manager.
      Use the Copy Entries wizard to select and copy entries from a prior show in the database to the current show.
      You will select the show you want to copy entries from, and then select the entries you want to copy into the current show.
      Only entries that have not already been copied to the current show will be listed.
      The entry number assigned to the entry will default to the same entry number as the prior show.
      You can change the new entry number if desired.
      If the entry number has already been used in the current show, you must select a new unused entry number.
      When entries are copied, only the basic information and list of riders is copied. Class entries are not copied. Fees assigned to the entry will default to the global fees defined in the current show, fees from the source show are not copied to the new entry.
      You can optionally transfer any balance owing in the prior show to the new entry in the current show.
      If an outstanding balance is transferred to the new entry, a fee adjustment to zero out the prior show balance will be posted to the prior show's entry and a fee adjustment for the outstanding balance will be posted to the new entry in the current show.

    23. HSS - Transfer balances from prior shows:
      New feature added "Transfer balances from prior shows".
      This feature is available on the "Finance" menu on the main HSS menu, AND on the "Actions" menu in show manager, AND on the right click popup menu in show manager when the "Show balances" column is enabled and you right click on an entry with prior show balances.

      Use this wizard to transfer outstanding account balances from a prior show to an entry in the current show

      Step 1:
      Choose the "Target" entry in the current show that balances will be transferred to.
      The "Target entry" list will display entries in the current show that have an owner that has a balance in any prior shows.
      You may see the same amounts listed multiple times if the same owner has several entries in the show.

      Step 2:
      Next you will pick the entry (or multiple entries) from prior shows that should have their balance transferred to the target entry you picked in step 1.
      Only prior entries with the same owner you picked in step one will be listed.
      Put a checkmark in each prior entry you want to transfer.

      When the transfer is finished, you will have the option to restart the wizard to do more transfers.

    24. Invoices:
      Search filter now searches across all name columns for the text you enter. Just type in the text and the list of matching entries is listed.

    25. MOS Results: The MOS results screen has a new button "Delete all results" to delete all MOS results for the class. This removes all MOS results previously recorded for the class.

    26. Online entry:
      Improved colour highlighting of people when importing Online entries.
      "Use existing person" is Green, "Create new person" is red in both the drop down selection and the drop down list of available people to select from.

    27. Online entry:
      New setting added to enable / disabled online product ordering.
      This turns on or off the ability of exhibitors to submit orders for products (Feed, Bedding etc) at HorseShowsOnline.
      You must publish the show after changing this setting for the change to take effect at HSO.

    28. Orders - New feature:
      New feature allows processing product orders for entries. For example orders for feed, bedding and other products. This new feature provides the ability to print order forms.
      Each item on an order is a "Product". Products are defined and managed using the new "Products" feature.
      When a product on an order is shipped, a fee is added to the specified show entry for the quantity and sale amount defined for the product.

    29. Products - New feature:
      New "Products" feature allows defining products that are sold at the show. EG: Feed, Bedding etc.
      Each product is also associated with a fee category.
      You can define whether the product is available for ordering online via HorseShowsOnline.
      If enabled for online entry, exhibitors are able to submit product orders to you from HorseShowsOnline.

    30. Reports: "Show/General/Class sheets" report now lists the prize group and prize money offered for the class.

    31. Reports: "Show/General/Class sheets" report now lists the ribbon count associated with the class.

    32. Reports: "Show/General/Class sheets" horse names are now all uppercase and city/state are proper case.

    33. Reports: "Show/General/Class sheets" breed registry number is now included if known.

    34. Reports: "Show/General/Class sheets" rider association number is now included if known.

    35. Reports: "Show/General/Class sheets" owner association number is now included if known.

    36. Reports: "Show/Entries/USEF Non Member report" - New column added "NM USHJA Charges". USEF Non member charges are now split into two columns - USEF and USHJA. The total is based on the amounts billed to fees in the respective categories "USEF Non member" and "USHJA Non member".

    37. Reports: "Show/Entries/USEF Non Member by entry report" - New column added "NM USHJA Charges". USEF Non member charges are now split into two columns - USEF and USHJA. The total is based on the amounts billed to fees in the respective categories "USEF Non member" and "USHJA Non member".

    38. Reports: Added new report "Payments by date and type" to reports explorer\Show\Financial. The report lists payments grouped by payment date and payment type.

    39. Reports: "Show/Financial/Feed Bedding" report is now based solely on fees that are categorized as "FEED/BEDDING" rather than on fee codes that begin with FB, SHAVE etc..

    40. Reports: "Judges cards - Jumper". Additional pages are automatically printed if the class has more entries than can fit on one page.

    41. Reports: "Judges cards - Non Jumper". Additional pages are automatically printed if the class has more entries than can fit on one page.

    42. Reports: New folder added to reports explorer "Products and Orders".

    43. Reports: New report "Orders by entry" added. This reports lists orders for products grouped by entry number.

    44. Reports: New report "Orders by status" added. This reports lists orders grouped by order status. IE: Active, or Processed.

    45. Reports: New report "Products" added. This reports lists all products, their settings, and current stock level.

    46. Reports: New report "Product transactions by date" added. This reports lists all transactions for a product grouped by date.

    47. Reports: New report "Product transactions by entry" added. This reports lists all transactions for a product grouped by entry.

    48. Reports: "MOS Results" now lists the MOS judges defined for the class. Use the Judges tab in class editor to define the judges for the class (IE: CALL, MOS2, and MOS3)

    49. Show Manager:
      New columns added to the Entries grid: Coggins date, Vaccine date, Signed In, Age Verified, Chip No. Fields have a red background if Coggins date is too old, vaccine date too old, not signed in, age not verified.

    50. Show Manager:
      Right click popup menu has new item "Open - Product orders for entry" to let you quickly add / edit / ship / print product orders for the selected entry.

    51. Show Manager:
      Right click popup menu has new item "Quick product order" to let you quickly create and print a product order for the selected entry.

    52. Show Manager:
      Right click popup menu has new item "Product transactions for selected entry" to let you print a list of all products delivered to the selected entry grouped by product with subtotals for product quantity and amount.

    53. Show Manager:
      Search filter now searches across all name columns for the text you enter. Just type in the text and the list of matching entries is listed.
      Use the cursor up/down keys while still in the filter field to select the entry to edit. Click the enter key to open the selected entry.

    54. Show Manager:
      New item on the "Actions" menu - Copy entries from prior show.
      This feature is also available on the "Data" menu on the main HSS menu.
      See full details above on the "Copy entries from prior show" feature.

    55. Show Manager:
      New item on Action menu "Transfer balances from prior shows"
      This option is also shown on the right click popup menu when you have turned on "Show balances" and an entry has balances in prior shows.
      See full details above on the "Transfer balances from prior shows" feature.

    56. USEF Validation: New button added to allow exporting the list of people or horses to Excel.

    57. USEF Validation: Dark red background for unknown people / horses changed to light blue to improve legibility.

    June 28, 2017 Version 3.2017.0628

    1. AHA results export: AHA export will now use the AHA no. value in a rider's record if provided, otherwise it will use the Association No. field.

    2. Champ Chart Tool: Resolved problem where the TopN field was not visible on displays with font setting set to a high (150%) magnification.

    3. Entry editor: USEF status check will now highlight in red owner, rider, trainer if the USHJA status from usef indicates "Charge Non Member Fee".

    4. Reports: Stall usage by stable with trainer line height reduced by truncating the horse/owner text on each row. This reduces the length of the report by about 30%.

    5. Reports: Added new report "Payments by trainer" to reports explorer\Show\Financial. The report lists payments grouped by trainer and payment type.

    6. Online add/scratch: Resolved problem where an add scratch request could not be processed if the rider's age group was null.

    7. USEF Lookup - People: The ASHA number if known to USEF will now import into the ASHA field in people records when merging / replacing data using the
      USEF lookup feature in people editor.

    8. USEF Lookup - Horses: The breed registry number, if known to USEF, will now import into the Breed Reg No field in horse editor when merging data using the USEF lookup feature in horse editor.

    June 2, 2017 Version 3.2017.0601

    1. Cheval Quebec: 
      HSS has a new results export feature available to export class results in Cheval Quebec format.

      The new export is available by clicking "Cheval Quebec" on the main HSS menu.
      The wizard provides the usual class selection and filtering options.

      A feature to convert show division names to Cheval Quebec results division names is provided.
      The default cross reference is built in, however the user can also specify a different cross reference file if desired.

      The cross reference file must meet the following specifications:

    Two columns in the spreadsheet.

    The first column is the division name to convert from (the division name used in the show), the second column is the division name to use in the Cheval Quebec export file.

    The first row must be a column header row - IE: just the name of the column.
    EG: ShowDivisionName and ExportDivisionName

    The file should be in TAB delimited TEXT format. This is easily created with Microsoft Excel.

    When saving your cross reference file from an Excel spreadsheet, pick TAB delimited format in Excel as the file type you are saving your spreadsheet to.

    1. Class editor: Prize group drop down now supports incremental search based on the prize group name

    2. Division Editor: Class defaults tab / Prize group drop down now supports incremental search based on the prize group name

    3. Dressage Tests: New WDAA dressage tests available. Update your database using File / Update dressage tests.

    4. Equine Canada: EC Export is now more permissive of horse names that have trailing blanks in EC's data that previously were flagged as mismatched horse or person name.

    5. Horse editor: USEF lookup will populate the FEI Passport number if that information is provided by USEF. This will also populate the FEI NF field with the horse's USEF number.

    6. Reports: New report added "Reports\Show\Financial\Payments by entry". This report lists payments grouped by entry and payment type and sorted by date.

    7. Reports: Rider labels are now output for all entries (except Barn accounts) even if the entry is not entered in any classes.

    8. USEF results export: The "Assoc No" field is now output in the USEF export file for Owner, Rider, Trainer in the "Affiliate No" columns IF the association is numeric.

    May 27, 2017 Version 3.2017.0520

    1. Database: A problem where the database was not properly updating to the current DBrev (see DBrev number in Help/About) when creating a new folder has been resolved.

    2. Division editor: The name of the division is displayed in the window title so you can easily see which division you are working on.

    3. Champ Chart tool:
      New option "Do not print column totals" can be used to print a champ chart useful for announcers / judges where the division has not yet finished. Points totals will not be printed so that they can be written in.

      TopN determination modified to better handle ties.

      When blank rows are specified, the blank rows continue at the bottom of the chart rather than starting on a new page.

    4. Reports: "Judges cards - jumper" problem where prize total and ribbon count were not shown is resolved.

    5. Reports: "Rider labels"- Rider labels now list the rider and their classes for each entry and the trainer.

    6. Reports: Division Champ Chart (blank). A button has been added to let you use the Champ Chart Tool instead - The champ chart tool provides features to populate a champ chart and may be a better choice.

    7. System: HSS installer installs some security certificates that are missing in Windows 10 Build 1607.

    May 7, 2017 Version 3.2017.0507

    1. ASHA Results export: New option to exclude scratched entries (on by default) allows exclusion of entries that are flagged as scratched. The class entry count will also exclude scratched entries when this option is checked.

    2. Class results: Scoreboard import now ensures times are rounded to 3 decimal places.

    3. Class editor: A new checkbox "Bonus points" has been added.
      Bonus points is used by the champ chart tool when computing division results to determine if the class should get standard points or bonus points.

    4. Class editor: A new tab has been added "Online entry settings"
      Settings on this tab let you control specific behaviours for the class when exhibitors submit an online entry to your show.
      "Checkbox - Allow exhibitors to select this entry during online entry". If not checked the class will not be listed during online entry.
      You can specify that a specific association (EG: USEF, ASHA, THJA etc.) number is required to enter the class, and which entities require the number - IE: Owner, Rider, Trainer.
      If you specify that an association number is required, then HorseShowsOnline will force the user to provide the appropriate association number before they can submit the entry.
      This provides finer control over requiring association numbers than forcing the requirement for the entire show.

    5. Division Champ Chart Tool:
      A new feature provides the ability to compute division results.
      The champ chart tool is accessible from the Divisions tab in show manager. Select a division and click the "Champ Chart" button.
      You can also launch the champ chart tool from the "Division champ chart" item on the main menu in Show Manager
      HSS will compute the division results (Champion and Reserve) for the division based on points.

      A screen cast demonstrating how to use the Champ Chart tool is available at:
      Champ Chart Video


      The champ chart tool lists and flags as included all classes within the division.
      Model classes defined for the show are also listed so that you can manually include a model class(es) in the computation if desired.
      If a model class is defined for the division it is automatically selected for inclusion.
      Checkboxes for each class in the division allow you to exclude/include a class.
      Checkboxes for each class allow you to indicate if Bonus points should be used for the class. The checkbox defaults to the "Bonus Points" setting in the class record.
      Default points values can be overridden if necessary.
      Default points are the USEF standard 10, 6, 4, 2, 1, .5
      Default Bonus points default to: 15, 9, 6, 3, 2, 1

      When computing points, HSS adds the number of points in Over fences classes.
      Under Saddle, and Model points are added to the entry's over fences points if the entry is within the top N (default 4) ranking of over fences classes.
      In order for an entry's total points to include Under saddle and Model points, the entry must rank within the "Top N" (typically 4) over fences points within the division.
      A setting is provided so that you can change the Top N value for unique situations. For example, for California split divisions, you may want to change the TopN value to 8.

      A setting is provided for California Split champ / reserve placing.
      When this is enabled, HSS will compute a minimum of 2 champions and 2 reserves in the division.
      When there are ties for champ / reserve, HSS will attempt to break the tie based on the entry's Over fences points.
      Champ and Reserve are determined based on total points.
      When a tie occurs, HSS will look at the separate subtotal of just Over fences classes for the tied entries to break the tie if possible.

    6. Division Editor: New button "Class proofing report" generates the class proofing report. The report lists all the classes in the division along with the class settings.

    7. Division Fees: A new "Billing mode" drop down in division editor defines how division and class entry fees are charged for the division and the classes within the division.
      The billing mode options are:
      - Charge the division fee if ALL classes in the division are entered, otherwise charge the individual class entry fees.
      - Always charge the division fee if ANY classes in the division are entered, and NEVER charge the individual class entry fees.

    8. Divisions Grid: A new column added "Billing" indicates the billing mode in effect for the division and its classes.

    9. Dressage scoring: Artistic marks now allow 0.1 increments rather than 0.5 increments to support changes by FEI in some artistic tests.

    10. Dressage tests: Added new EC, Cadora, and FEI dressage tests.

    11. Entry Editor: Class results tab - Circuit division column now allows input / selection of circuit division by keyboard input as well as drop down list.

    12. Horse records: New fields added "Remarks", and "Assoc. Note". The "Assoc. Note" field is useful for recording things like USEF JAS date or other membership related notes.

    13. Online Entry Printing: Resolved problem where a blank online entry OR an entry blank for an entry that was not an online entry could not be printed if there was no show logo included in the online entry settings for a show.

    14. Online Entry Settings: Added new tab "Class Settings". A checkbox for each class allows setting whether the class is visible or not during online entry.

    15. Invoices: Fee codes are now hidden except for automatic fees (IE: *Division entry fee, *Class entry fee, *Nomination fee).

    16. People records: New fields added "Remarks", and "Assoc. Note". The "Assoc. Note" field is useful for recording things like USEF JAS date or other membership related notes.

    17. Ring Scheduler: The header area of each Day/Ring now displays the start time in addition to the date and ring name.

    18. Ring Scheduler: When printing class sheets from ring scheduler, Classes to print can now be selected by scheduled date AND scheduled ring.

    19. Reports Explorer - Ring Schedule: A new option in Reports Explorer / Schedules / Ring Schedule “Hide Entry Counts”. When checked, the ring schedule will not print the number of entries per class or any of the summarized entry counts (IE: Under saddle counts etc.).

    20. Reports: Class results (Compact) now includes a points column.
      Points column is the points value computed based on placing.
      The points value is computed using standard points values: 10, 6, 4, 2, 1, 0.5
      For classes flagged as Bonus points, the points values are: 15, 9, 6, 3, 2, 1
      Points are only computed for placings 1 through 6.
      The points factor defined in the class record will be included in the points calculation.

    21. Reports: "Entries - horse owner trainer rider" report now includes the Breed and Breed Registry Number (if known).

    22. Reports: "Jump order" report has a new column "Fence Height" which lists the fence height if one has been specified for the entry in the class results screen.  Typically this indicates the entry is using a different fence height than the default fence height defined for the class.

    23. Reports: New report "Unscheduled Classes" lists classes that have not been scheduled in ring scheduler. The report is available from Ring Scheduler or from Reports explorer in folder Show\Schedules.

    24. Scoreboard export: Classes can now be selected by scheduled date AND scheduled ring in the Data/Scoreboard export screen.

    25. Show manager: Show manager will now remember your setting for the "Auto load USEF status when opening an entry" checkbox.

    26. USEF Non Member Fee Analyzer: The analyzer will now display a person's Remarks and Association Notes fields.

    January 27, 2017 Version 3.2017.0127

    1. USEF Non Member Fee Analyzer: Improved recognition of USHJA non members and improved list filters.

    January 25, 2017 Version 3.2017.0125

    1. Equine Canada: Internal EC web service references updated for compatibility with Jan 2017 Equine Canada web service update.

    2. Entry editor: Icon on the "Scratch" button changed to a trash bin image.

    3. Fees: A new fee category has been added "USHJA NONMEMBER". Use this to properly category USHJA non member fees that you charge.

    4. USEF Non Member Fee Analyzer:
      A new tool has been added to the USEF menu. The non member fee analyzer will help you review the USEF and USHJA non member fees that you are required to charge for. The analyzer acquires the current "Charge non member fee" information from the USEF web service based on the USEF numbers recorded for all the owners, riders, trainers related to each entry in the show. A comparison is provided with exports to Excel and PDF.

      It is important to understand that a person may be related to multiple entries, but you should only charge the fee(s) once per person, and NOT for each entry. The tool should be used only for comparing USEF against what you have charged. DO NOT assume you have to charge for each entry. Your mission is to ensure the TOTAL overall fees you have charged equal what USEF expects.

    January 21, 2017 Version 3.2017.0121

    1. Authorize.net: Swiped cards now remove embedded spaces when sending to Authorize.net to resolve a problem they have with some cards that have spaces included in the card data.

    2. Credit cards: Point of sale credit card receipts for JetPay and Authorize.net will now mask most digits in the credit card number on the receipt.

    3. Entry editor: Adding a new Barn account entry, or changing an existing entry to a barn account no longer appends SCR to the entry name.

    4. Entry editor: Update & Prompt now correctly resets the USEF status flags when the new entry is loaded.

    5. Horse editor: Horse vaccination date now defaults to Jan 1,1900 instead of the current date.

    6. Reports: New report "Show / Entries / USEF Non Member By Entry". This reports lists all people that may be considered as non-members, grouped by entry number. Report filters allow selecting the USEF number suffixes to include in the report (EG: JAS, Foreign etc).

    December 1, 2016 Version 3.2016.1201

    1. ASHA Export: The HorseRegNo field in the export will use the horse's "Assoc No" field if the horse's "Breed Reg No." field is blank. Single quotes are no longer removed from fields.

    2. Class editor: New checkbox field "Age verify" added to indicate if horses in the class must be age verified.

    3. Class results editor: The circuit division column now allows text entry and auto lookup in the drop down - just type the circuit division number.
      You can also clear the current selection by simply deleting the current selection.

    4. Class results editor: A new "Bulk operations" menu added that has options to reset the USEF section and the Circuit division field for all entries in the class.

    5. Division editor: Setting jumper table default in class defaults now allows full 20 characters.

    6. Dressage tests: TWDAA 2013 – Test level 1, Test 1, WDAA 2013 – Test level 1, Test 2

    7. Entry editor: USEF status now resets when using "Update & Prompt" and "Update & New".

    8. Entry editor: New payment type "TRANSFER" added in the payments tab.

    9. Entry editor: When an entry is scratched using the Scratch Entry button, if the entry is removed from all classes, the entry name will have SCR and the date of scratch appended to the entry name.

    10. Entry form printing: NEW - Use the "View entry form" from the HSO menu to print entry forms for any entry in the show. An option is also available to print a blank entry form.
      The entry form is created based on the online entry settings defined for the show. Make sure you define your online entry settings to use this feature properly.
      The forms that are printed are created on the fly for entries that are manual entries (IE: Not online entries) using the information currently in the entry record.
      Entries that were received online will print the online entry form originally submitted by the exhibitor.

    11. Help menu: New option "Send files to HSS technical support" opens a web browser and connects to the TimeSlice / HorseShowsOnline file upload system.  Use this feature to send large files (like HSS database backup files) to our technical support department.

    12. Horse editor: When creating a new horse record, the Measurement date now defaults to Jan 1, 1900 instead of the current date

    13. Horse editor: New Chip Number field added

    14. Horse editor: New Age Verified checkbox field added beside DOB field. The checkbox is checked when doing a USEF lookup if the USHJA USEF data contains "AGE VERIFIED"

    15. Horse editor: The DOB field is highlighted in red if the Age verified checkbox is not checked.

    16. Horse editor: USEF Microchip number (if available) is copied into horse record "Chip No" field when using the Merge feature in the USEF lookup function.

    17. Horse editor: USEF Lookup - Imports chip number if provided by USEF, Looks for any occurrence of "USHJA REGISTERED" to determine horse is USHJA registered in case other information is also in the USHJA field from USEF.

    18. Invoices: In the payments listed on the invoice, the name of the person making the payment is now included within square brackets.

    19. Online entry settings: A new button lets you print the online entry settings grid in the "Fee settings" tab.

    20. Reports explorer: Date range for Class labels and Ring schedule now defaults to the end of the show instead of show start date + 7 days.

    21. Reports explorer: New report added Show\Entries\Stall Billing By Stable With. Same as the Stall Billing report but grouped by stable with trainer instead of trainer.

    22. USEF results export: New USEF 2017 results export implemented. The new format is effective Dec 1, 2016 at USEF

    23. USEF numbers: As of Dec 1, 2016 USEF requires a code if no USEF number is provided. The USEF suffix dropdown beside the USEF number field has been updated with the new codes from USEF:
      "JAS" - joined at show
      "SP" - paid show Pass fee
      "F" - Foreign
      "EC" – Equine Canada members
      "EX" - If the competitor is in a class that is EXEMPT from a SHOW PASS fee and they are not required to be a member or have a USEF number, e.g. Opportunity, Leadline, Walk Trot

      Existing horse and people records will have their USEF Suffix data update to the new codes.
      Any JAS+USEF etc will become JAS, Opportunity and Leadline become EXEMPT, people with an EC number becom EC, Foreign letter become F, NM becomes SP

    24. Show editor: New fields on the options tab allow you to set the description of Nomination Fee 1 and Nomination fee 2

    25. Show manager: Entry forms can now be printed for any entry, not just online entries. Right clicking an entry and pick "View entry form" from the popup menu.

    26. USEF Validation: Looks for any occurrence of "USHJA REGISTERED" to determine horse is USHJA registered in case other information is also in the USHJA field from USEF

    27. USEF: Section code update now includes current and future year section codes. This ensures that all known section codes are included when using the USEF / Update section codes feature.

    September 3, 2016 Version 3.2016.0901

    NOTES:

    If you get an error about a missing component when attempting to install this update, use the Windows "add/remove programs" in Windows 7 or "Uninstall Application" in Programs and Features in Windows 10 to uninstall the old version of HSS from your computer. Run the new HSS installer to install the new version after uninstalling the prior version.

    Windows XP and Windows Vista are no longer supported. 
    You need to be running Windows 7, Windows 8, or Windows 10.

    1. Help Menu: All items are enabled on the help menu in main HSS menu even if a show is not open.

    2. Remote support: Help / Get remote support now always launches in Internet Explorer to improve connection reliability.

    3. System: Communication system upgraded to framework 4.5.2, TLS 1.2 to support credit card security mandated by PCI credit card industry requirements.

    4. System: Support for Windows XP and earlier Windows platforms dropped. Supported platforms are Windows 7, Windows 8, Windows 10

    5. System: Installer updated to resolve problem installing updated versions over prior versions. This will take effect for releases after 3.2016.0901

    6. USEF Results export: The value exported to USEF for "Horse Registration/Breed Affiliate Number" (Column X in the universal USEF results template) is now populated with the "Breed Reg No." field from a horse's record. If that field is blank HSS will use the "Association Number" field in the horse's record. The "Breed Reg No" field takes precedence if both are populated.

    August 25, 2016 Version 3.2016.0825

    1. Class editor: New class restrictions added to incorporate "AD" (Adult amateur).

    2. Class results editor: Rider type ( AM, JR, PRO etc) is now included at the end of each rider's name.

    3. Divisions grid: New column "Entry Count" added - lists the total number of entries in all classes in the division.

    4. Divisions grid: New column "Result Count" added - lists the total number of Division results recorded for the division (IE: Champ / Reserve).

    5. Divisions grid: Entry count column and Entry Fee column are now highlighted in red when the value in the column is 0 or $0.00.

    6. Divisions grid: Result Count is highlighted in red when the value in the column is 0.

    7. Division results: Pressing C or R in the placing column will select Champion or Reserve

    8. Division results: Riders list in the driver drop down are now restricted to only those riders that were actually riding in a class in the division instead of all possible riders for the entry.

    9. Division results: When selecting champ/reserve, the first rider for the entry is automatically selected if no rider is manually chosen from the entry's list of riders.

    10. Credit card processing: Authorize.net support added for point of Sale processing (ie: manual entry / swiping).

    11. Credit card processing: New button on the "Payment processing" tab of show editor to allow testing credit card settings. Use this to easily validate your credit card processor settings for point of sale credit cards.

    12. Entry Editor: Class restriction warnings updated to recognize new AD rider type and combinations.

    13. Entry Editor: New button "Scratch Entry" added to main command bar. Scratch Entry removes the entry from all classes where the entry doesn't have a placing.

    14. Entry Editor: USEF Status check now highlights owner, trainer, horse, rider fields in entry editor and the USEF Status tab when USEF exceptions are detected.
      USEF Status check can be automatically run immediately when an entry is opened using the new checkbox in show manager on the entries tab.
      If the entry is removed from all classes, the quantity for all fees in category "USEF NONMEMBER" and "DRUG" is reset to zero (Effectively removing the fee amount for those fees).
      If the entry cannot be removed from all classes (IE: If the entry has results recorded), the fees are not adjusted. The user is prompted to confirm the scratch in either case.

    15. Entry Editor: If the "Barn Account" checkbox for an entry is checked, the entry is removed from all classes and fees for "USEF MEMBERSHIP" and "DRUG" category fees are reset to zero.
      If the entry cannot be removed from all classes (IE: If the entry has results recorded), the fees are not adjusted. The user is prompted to confirm they want to perform this action.

    16. Horse editor: EC Passport number will now allow alpha-numeric horse passport number.

    17. People Editor: A new riders status "AD" denoting adult amateur has been added.

    18. Ring Scheduler: When printing class sheets for the day from ring scheduler, a new popup will allow selection of the classes to include.
      This is useful when the user only wants to print class sheets for some of the classes in the selected day.

    19. Show manager: Divisions grid new column "Entry Count" displays number of class entries in the division.

    20. Show manager: Divisions grid defaults to only showing divisions that have entries in classes. A new checkbox allows overriding this and displaying all divisions.

    21. Show manager: Divisions grid highlights champ / reserve columns in red where no result have been recorded.

    22. Show manager: Division results entry now enforces selecting a rider when recording champ and reserve.
      If you record a division result you must also specify the rider for the result.
      The riders listed in the drop down are the riders associated with the entry in any classes in the division they are entered in.

    23. Show manager: New checkbox on Entries tab turns "USEF Auto Status" on / off.
      When On (checked) the USEF status of riders, owner, trainer, horse will be checked when an entry is opened.

    July 15, 2016 Version 3.2016.0715

    1. ASHA Results export: Export to ASHA now includes the rider name and rider ASHA number (if entered).

    2. Dressage: New ADS driving tests added. These can also be imported into prior versions of HSS using File / Update dressage tests from the main HSS menu.

    3. Dressage: New field added to Dressage Scoring screen to allow input of manual Scoring Percentage Reduction values for each judge.
      This percentage value gets subtracted from the percentage that is normally computed and can be used to apply special adjustments that are required for certain dressage tests.

    4. Dressage: Dressage scoring screen navigation and display improved with new features. New button to reset all marks for a judge. New button to save and print the score sheet.

    5. Fee editor: New update option allows you to update the fee amount in ALL show entries with the new fee amount without changing the current fee quantity in show entries.

    6. Horse editor: New field "Vaccination date" added to horse records.

    7. Online entries: Payee "Federal Number" (SSN) is now imported if provided with the online entry.

    8. Online entries: The contact information for a show entry is now populated with the person submitting the online entry instead of always using the owner information.

    9. Owners grid edit: Permanent flag can now be edited

    10. Reports: Ring schedule now wraps text in the class description when the class description will not fit on a single line.

    11. Reports: Veterinary report now includes vaccination date and exception checking. Vaccination dates must be within 6 months of the current date and must not expire during the show.

    12. Reports: New report "Suspect Payee Tax Numbers By Show Year" added to Global folder in reports explorer.
      This report lists all payees that have a missing or possibly invalid Federal Number (SSN) along with a summary of prize amounts summarized by show year and sub grouped by show.

    13. Riders grid edit: Permanent flag can now be edited

    14. Trainers grid edit: Permanent flag can now be edited

    May 15, 2016 Version 3.2016.0511

    1. Data purge: When purging owners, riders, trainers, permanent flagged people are excluded from the purge unless you specifically include permanent people in the purge.

    2. Dressage: New tests added – USDF 2015 Introductory levels A, B, C.

    3. Dressage: FEI 2016 tests added.

    4. Entry editor: The caption at top of entry editor now includes the owner name and address information in addition to entry number, name and show name.

    5. Fee editor: New fee category added "Feed/Bedding".

    6. Horse editor: New field added to record measurement date

    7. Horse editor: Measurement card field is highlighted in pink if missing

    8. Horse editor: Measurement date field is highlighted in pink if the date is greater than 365 days in the past.

    9. HSO Control Panel: Resolved problem where the Enable/Disable online entry button was sometimes disabled.

    10. Owner Rider Trainer grids: The grids now display the "Permanent" status of people records.

    11. People Editor: A new checkbox "Permanent" added to allow flagging a person as a permanent record. Permanent records are excluded when purging old records.

    12. Reports: New report added "Class Prize Money Entry Percentages". This report lists each class, prize money total, awarded and percentage of entries that received prize money. Scratched entries are excluded. This is useful for ensuring you are paying prize money to at least 25% of entries as per USEF rules.

    13. Reports: Class results report - USEF Derby Section column lists the description as well as section code.

    14. Reports: Class sheets - Horse TIP number is now listed if known.

    15. Reports: New report added "Class Entry Completion Order". This report lists the order entries entered the ring based on the time of status change recorded at the ingate using HSSremote.

    16. Reports: New report added "Class Entry Completion Order By Ring". This report lists the order entries in multiple classes entered the ring based on the time of status change recorded at the ingate using HSSremote. This groups all selected classes within each Date/Ring to provide an overall view of actual activity in the ring.

    17. Reports: New report added "Fee usage by stable with". This cross tab report summarizes "Feed/Bedding" amounts for each entry grouped by stable with trainer.

    18. Reports: New report added "Fee usage by stable with - summary". This cross tab report summarizes "Feed/Bedding" amounts for each stable with trainer.

    19. Reports: Measurement validation report now lists the measurement date. Horses are listed if they do not have a height recorded, or the measurement date is missing or for horses under 8 years of age the measurement date is more than 365 days ago.

    20. Reports: Ring schedule now switches back to am from pm if a class in the schedule runs past midnight.

    21. Results export: New menu item ASHA / Export ASHA results added to export class results to CSV file using ASHA results format.

    April 7, 2016 Version 3.2016.0406

    1. Class editor: New flag indicates if the class is an FEI class.

    2. Class editor: New field “FEI Event ID” added. For FEI classes this identifies the FEI event ID associated with the class. The FEI event ID is assigned by FEI and may be selected by clicking the search button. HSS will present a list of FEI event IDs for the show using the FEI Show Number set in the show’s properties. The FEI event ID is used when generating and submitting results to FEI.

    3. Class editor: Jumper table field extended from 5 characters to 20 to allow longer table codes.

    4. Class editor: New field “Rule” added to record rule / article in effect for the class.

    5. Class editor: New “Rider type restriction” option added “NOTPRO”. When adding an entry into a class that is NOTPRO where the rider is a PRO will generate a warning message in show manager / Entry editor.

    6. Class import: Classes imported from a prior show are imported with “Go Order Ready” reset to unchecked.

    7. Classes: A new item on them main HSS data menu “Reset order of go – all classes” will uncheck the “Order of go ready” checkbox for all classes in the show.

    8. Class results: New checkbox column added “FEI WC Nominated”. For FEI classes, this allows you to indicate if this entry is FEI World Cup Nominated.

    9. Class results: New section “Prize analysis” on the “Class and Prize settings” tab displays the breakdown of prize money – No of entries (excluding scratches), Count of entries that won money, Percentage of entries that won money, Total prize money awarded.

    10. Credit card screen: Manual input of card information has improved ability to input month and year via keyboard or dropdown.

    11. Fee editor: New options added to control how a change in the fee affects existing entries.
      The new options are: Do not update existing entries, Update all entries, Only update existing entries where the quantity and amount are the same as the prior quantity / amount of the fee.

    12. FEI Results export: New option to export class results in FEI format for FEI classes. The export is available on the new FEI menu.

    13. Class results are exported to multiple Excel work sheet files (.xlsx) conforming to the Excel layout required by FEI depending on the discipline. Jumper and Dressage classes have a different layout. The export file format will be based on the class type specified in the class record (IE: Dressage or Jumper).

    14. Horse editor: New FEI search button looks up the horse’s data on FEI web service database. Data can be copied into the horse record.

    15. Horse editor: USEF lookup now returns the Sire / Dam names if known by USEF. Merging the USEF data into the HSS record will merge Sire/Dam names into the record.

    16. Horse editor: New checkbox “USHJA Registered” added. This checkbox will also be automatically checked/unchecked when merging data from a USEF lookup.

    17. Online entry: Importing horse data from an online entry to an existing horse record will now only update information that is missing in the local horse record rather than always overwriting the local horse record with the online entry data. For example, the horse height will only be updated if there is no height already recorded in the horse record.
      Online entry: The “Accept Entry” screen has a new column “Roles” for each person on the online entry. This displays the person’s role in the online entry. Possible values include: P, O, R, and T for Payee, Owner, Rider, Trainer or Stable with Trainer.

    18. Online entry: People imported from an online entry are created in the roles required by the online entry (IE: Owner, Rider, Trainer) rather than in all roles always.

    19. Online entry: Riders are imported to the entry record even if they are not entered in any classes in the online entry. Previously only riders entered in classes were added to the entry.

    20. Person editor: New FEI search button looks up the person’s data on FEI web service database. Data can be copied into the person record.

    21. Payment Entry: The payment entry screen provides ability to add / remove entries to apply payment by entry number. Plus and Minus (+ / -) keys can be used to add or remove the entered entry number from the payment list. The Enter key also acts like the Plus key.

    22. Rider Labels: The horse name now uses the “Entry Alias” rather than the actual horse name.

    23. Reports explorer: New report “Jump Order – FEI (8x14)” – Creates a jump order report including country information. The report is formatted on a legal size page. The country flag will be displayed if known for the Rider based on the “Competing For” field in the rider’s record.

    24. Reports explorer: New report “Jump Order – FEI (8x11)” – Creates a jump order report including country information. The report is formatted on a letter size page. The country flag will be displayed if known for the Rider based on the “Competing For” field in the rider’s record.

    25. Reports explorer: New report “Class sheets - FEI” – Creates a class sheet listing riders and associated horses in each class, including FEI numbers and country the rider is competing for.

    26. Reports: “Show Analysis” and “Show Analysis Summarized” display the year of the show along with the show name. The show year is based on the show start date.

    27. Reports: New report added “USHJA Registration Status”. This report lists all active entries in the show grouped by the horse’s USHJA registration status.

    28. Reports: Trainer Add/Scratch form now lists riders not entered in any classes in addition to riders entered in classes.

    29. Reports: Check Reconcile Report includes payee address information.

    30. Reports: Ring schedule flags Model classes and excludes the count of entries in model classes from the Regular and Active entry totals for the ring/day.

    31. Show Manager: Printing report “Class sheets – compact” when right clicking a class in show manager now sorts the entries by entry number.

    32. Show Manager: New report “Jump Order - FEI” added to right click popup menu for classes to generate FEI jump order report

    33. Show Manager: New report “Class sheet - FEI” added to right click popup menu for classes to generate FEI class sheet report.

    34. Show Manager: When closing class results screen, focus is set to the class number field in show manager rather than the class list grid

    35. Show Manager: When closing division results screen, focus is set to the division number field in show manager rather than the division list grid.

    36. Show properties: Added new field “Show Series”. This field allows you to identify shows in a multi: show series by entering the same show series value in each show in the series. This setting will allow HorseShowsOnline and future reports to be based on a set of shows (EG: Multi-week shows).

    37. Show properties: New FEI user ID and password fields added on “Governing Organization” tab to allow FEI web service access for horse and person lookups. You must apply to FEI to gain access to FEI web services. Contact FEI atusersupport@fei.org

    38. Show properties: Online entry settings / required fields settings.
      The field “OEF number” is now referred to as “PTSO/OEF number”.
      PTSO = “Provincial Territorial Sport Organization”, OEF = “Ontario Equine Federation”.

    39. USEF Validation: New column added to display USHJA registered (Yes/No) for horses. This field can be updated based on the value returned by USEF.

    40. USEF Validation: Horses - New buttons “Clear height” and “Apply USEF height” are available when validating horses. These buttons clear or apply the horse height as provided by USEF’s database to ALL horses in the list. This makes horse height validation very fast and efficient.

    41. USEF Validation: Horses - New buttons Apply USEF DOB, Apply USEF Color, Apply USEF Sex, are available when validating horses. These buttons apply the corresponding information from USEF’s database to ALL horses in the list.

    42. USEF Validation: People - New buttons Apply USEF DOB, Apply USEF Am/Jr/Pro, are available when validating people. These buttons apply the corresponding information from USEF’s database to ALL people in the list when data is available from USEF for the field.

    Oct 1,  2015 Version 3.2015.1001

    1. Credit cards: Support added for point of sale processing for JetPay in addition to Virtual Merchant.

    2. Reports: New report added to Reports\Global\Trainer Points (standard points) - all shows.

    3. Reports: Attendees by Category and Association Number report now lists all association numbers for each person.

    4. Reports: Ring schedule entry counts no longer shows decimal places.

    5. Reports: "Stall usage by stable with" report only lists Active entries, and has narrower columns so more fit per page

    6. Reports: "Stall usage by stable with - Summary" added to provide a short report with totals for each stall type for each stable with trainer.

    7. Reports: "Stalls by trainer" and "Stalls by Stable with trainer" - New option to include / exclude phone and email for trainer on report.

    8. Show manager: When clicking the Classes or Divisions tabs, focus is set to the class number or division number textbox.

    June 7, 2015 Version 3.2015.0607

    1. Online add/scratch: The rider type (IE: Am, JR, Pro) information is now displayed with the rider information on the Accept / Reject screen.

    2. Entries: New tax exempt checkboxes allow you to specify the entry is exempt from Tax1 and/or Tax2 charges. When exempt no tax is charged.

    3. Scoreboard export: First names that are just a period are now converted to an empty first name (IE: the period is stripped)

    4. Check printing: New option to choose the order of the Payable To and Amount in words lines. Default is swapped, which makes the Payable to name be printed above the amount in words line.

    5. Class editor:
      New field "Points multiplier". This allows you to specify a multiplier that will be used to adjust points for this class.
      When points are computed, the regular points for a class's results as defined in the circuit division for the class are multiplied by the points factor.
      Normally the Points multiplier should be 1 to use the standard points values defined in the circuit division
      For 1/2 points classes you would use 0.5 or for double points classes use 2.0 etc.

    6. Class results editor: Corrected problem where sorting by the StartPos column failed when the number of entries in a class exceeded 99.

    7. Class results editor: New report added "Class results - Fast print". This report immediately sends the class results report to the default printer as quickly as possible.

    8. Division editor:
      New field "Points multiplier". This allows you to specify a multiplier that will be used to adjust points for this division for champ and reserve placings.
      When points are computed, the regular points for a division's champ/reserve results as defined in the circuit division for the division are multiplied by the points factor.
      Normally the Points multiplier should be 1 to use the standard points values defined in the circuit division
      For 1/2 points divisions you would use 0.5 or for double points divisions use 2.0 etc.

    9. Entry editor: Resolved rare problem where horse selected may not switch to different horse for same owner if record ID begins with same digit.

    10. Online entry: Importing online entries where there is no payment amount no longer creates a $0.00 payment item in the entry records.

    11. Person editor: New button "Copy contact info to clipboard" copies the name, address, telephone, and email address to the windows clipboard.  Use this button when you want to copy and paste contact information into an email or other document.

    12. Reports: All circuit points reports updated to apply the new Points Multiplier field in division and class records.

    13. Reports: Stalls by Trainer - telephone number and hyperlink for email address (if known) added to report

    14. Reports: Stalls by Stable With Trainer - telephone number and hyperlink for email address (if known) added to report

    15. Reports: Class results report includes the number of scratched entries in the class summary.

    16. Reports: Payments report filters out $0.00 payment amounts that may be recorded with online entries.

    17. Reports: Jump order report now displays the show's logo (If any) as defined in the show's online entry settings in the top left of the report heading.

    18. Reports: Ring schedule shows the net active entries in each class excluding scratched entries instead of the total entry count.

    19. Show registration: New page in the show registration wizard allow you to choose the HSSremote subscription to use for shows where you intend to use the new HSSremote ingate and showgrounds application.

    20. Show editor: AHA number field extended to allow 20 characters.

    21. USEF Lookup: When merging data from a USEF lookup into an existing person record, the state will always be overwritten with the data provided by USEF as long as the USEF information includes country and state.

    22. USEF Export: Updated to support metric fence heights in combined classes.

    April 15, 2015 - Version 3.2015.0415

    1. Breeds: Added New breed CWBHA - Canadian Warmblood

    2. Countries: Bermuda added to country/state picker

    3. Reports: 1099 tax form layout modified to better align on IRS pre printed 1099 forms.

    4. HSSremote:
      Support added for the new HSSremote utility for use by ingate, announcers, VIP unattended show status display, and other show ground staff. 
      HSSremoteprovides real-time publishing of ring status to HorseShowsOnline allowing exhibitors to monitor the current progress of the show.

    March 25, 2015 - Version 3.2015.0325

    1. Credit cards: Hyphens and white spaces are stripped from zip code when submitting to Elavon to conform to Elavon's inability to handle zip codes with those characters.

    2. Division editor: Classes grid within division editor now displays the number of entries in each class in the division.

    3. Divisions grid: Allow sorting by USEF section code.

    4. Dressage: New FEI and USEF 2015 tests added. New tests are named USEF 2015 and FEI 2015 in the list of dressage tests.

    5. Equine Canada: Modified results transmission to conform to several new requirements of EC's web service

    6. Fees: New option in fee editor "Do not charge fee during online entry."
      This allows you to display the fee in the online entry without charging the fee amount at online entry time.

    7. Fees: New option in fee editor "Minimum quantity to allow in online entry"
      This allows you to set the minimum quantity a user may specify for the fee when completing an online entry for a fee that allows the user to select the quantity during online entry.

    8. Fees: New update options to exclude/include updating the fee quantity in existing online entries.

    9. Fees grid: New columns displayed "Online Entry No Charge", and "Online Entry Min Qty"

    10. Horse editor: New field added "Breed Registry Number".

    11. Horse grid: New column "Coggins Date" and "Coggins No" added. Lists the Coggins test date and number for each horse.

    12. Invoices: The invoices screen has new filter options for Horse name and Stable with trainer name.

    13. Online Add/Scratch: HSS now provides automation of the add/scratch requests received from HSO.

    14. Online entry: New associations added to required fields list. EG: AHA, ASHA, UPHA etc.

    15. Online entry: The online entry form generated at HSO now includes the list of required association number fields specified for the show.

    16. Online entry: The online entry form generated at HSO now includes the breed registry number and the USDF number for the horse.

    17. Online entry: Online entry settings / Fees now display the fee amount and default quantity (read only).

    18. Online entry: Online entry settings allow changing setting for each fee for "Online Entry No Charge", and "Online Entry Min Qty"

    19. Online entry: A new item "View and Print online entries" added to HSO menu.
      This new screen lists all entries in the show that were received via online entry and allows you to select one or more entries to view and print the online entry form.
      The online entry form includes the entry number assigned to the entry in the top left corner of the rendered entry form.
      Selection of multiple entries can be done by swiping over the row selectors in the entry list or using standard Ctrl-Click or Shift-Click multiple row selection techniques. You can also double click an entry in the list to view a specific entry.

    20. People editor: New section for list of the multiple association numbers added. Fields for approximately 12 associations in addition to USEF, FEI and EC.

    21. Reports: Global\Horses report now includes the horses' Association Number field.

    22. Reports: Show\ Stall card labels - room for stall assignment has been increased.

    23. Reports: Show \ Entries \ Stall usage by stable with report now includes both active and pending status entries.

    24. Reports: Show \ Entries \ Stall usage by stable with report uses the entry name of the horse rather than the horse name.

    25. Reports: Show \ Entries \ Dressage scores report now includes judge names and positions.

    26. Reports: Show \ Entries \ Class Results - Dressage scores report now includes judge names and positions.

    27. Reports: Show \ Entries \ USEF Non-Member report has new filter to include/exclude entries entered in no classes and a new column listing the number of classes entered.

    28. Reports: Show \ Entries \ Measurement Card Verification report now includes the Horse's USEF number.

    29. Reports: Global \ Fee Billing by trainer - all shows now sorts by show date. Show date column added. Improved formatting.

    30. Reports: Global \ Fee Billing crosstab by trainer - all shows. Improved formatting, suppress zero values.

    31. Reports: New report "Winnings by payee with detail" added to Reports \ Global folder.

    32. Reports: New report "Winnings by payee with detail" added to Reports \ Global folder.

    33. Reports: New report "Fee Quantity Crosstab by trainer - all shows" added to Reports \ Global folder.
      This report summarizes the fee quantity billed to each stable with trainer grouped by each show and includes a fee code filter.

    34. Reports: New report "Stall Billing Crosstab By Stable With Trainer - All Shows" added to reports/global folder.

    35. Scoreboard Import: Ryegate format scoreboard import now supports one round classes which have less fields in the import file created by the scoreboard software.

    36. Scoreboard Export: New option to specify name order - Either Firstname Lastname or Lastname, Firstname

    37. Scoreboard Export: Export to single file per class and export to standard CSV formats now include the Sire and Dam in new columns in the exported file.

    38. Show Manager: Show manager now prevents an online entry from being deleted.
      This ensures the entry form and payment information is not deleted.

    39. Show Manager: A new checkbox column "OL Entry" added to entry lists so you identify which entries are online entries.

    40. Show Manager: A new item "View and Print online entry form for entry" added to the popup menu.
      Right click on an entry in show manager to view/print the online entry form including the assigned entry number for an entry.
      The viewer also loads a list of all online entries so that you can view/print the online entry forms for other entries in the show if desired.

    August 27, 2014 Version 3.2014.0827

    1. Breeds: "WB - Warmblood (Generic)" changed to "WB - Warmblood".

    2. Class editor: When specifying judges for a class, the position for the judge in dressage classes can now be specified (IE: B, C, E, H, M)

    3. Dressage: New tests added "Walk-Trot Test A 2009", "Walk-Trot Test B 2010", "Walk-Trot Test C 2010", "Walk-Trot Test A 2009", "Walk-Trot Test D 2010".

    4. Dressage: 12 New USEA eventing tests added.

    5. Dressage: 8 New USEF western dressage tests added.

    6. Dressage: Support for freestyle dressage test scoring added.

    7. Dressage: Class schedule report: Changed to list trainer instead of stable with trainer.

    8. Dressage: Updated list of dressage tests using new option on file menu "Update dressage tests".
      New tests are downloaded from the HSS software site.

    9. Fee entry: New column added to display the "Stall" field for each entry. Useful if you record special instructions for an entry.

    10. Invoices: Fixed problem where some zero amount invoices couldn't be filtered from the invoices grid.

    11. Invoices: Fixed problem where some invoices differed by $.01 from amount reported in the invoices grid.

    12. Invoices: Improved query speed for invoices screen.

    13. Online entry: Matching for existing people broadened to include more likely matches with existing people.

    14. Online entry setup: Fee visibility and editability for online entries can now be set within the online entry setup screen.

    15. Online entry setup: Online entry form can now be previewed in the online entry screen.

    16. PDF viewer: Improved functionality of toolbar when changing views. Entry editor now clears the PDF view when changing entries via Update+Prompt.

    17. Reports: Added new report "Global/Dressage tests" to list the dressage scoring definitions used by HSS.

    18. Reports: Added new report "Show/Results/Class results - dressage scores" lists class results for dressage classes including tech/art scores for each entry.

    19. Reports: Added new report "Show/Entries/Entries - Horses grouped by type". This lists all non-barn account horses grouped by type (size) and the count of horses in each size.

    20. Reports: Added new report "Show/Financial/Payees by stable with trainer". This report lists the payee information for all non-barn account entries and is useful for proofing address and federal number information.

    21. Reports: Fee analysis and Show analysis reports now provide summarized quantity.

    22. Reports: Global/Horses report now lists sire and dam.

    23. Show editor: FEI Show number field extended to 20 characters.

    24. Show registration: Users are prevented from entering an excessively long show name when registering show.

    25. USEF Lookup: New grid of provides contact and address information for a person.

    26. USEF Lookup: New button in USEF lookup allows choice of merging or replacing information in person's record with USEF contact information.

    June 27, 2014 Version 3.2014.0626

    Online Show Entry Feature:
     

    Exhibitors can now submit their show entries on the internet via HorseShowsOnline.com
    A new item on the "HSO" menu in HSS, lets your process online entries.
    Entries that you accept are imported into HSS with "Pending" status so that you can further review and adjust the entry as required.

    Online entry setup is a simple process - set the Online entry options in show editor and publish your show.  HSS and HSO will take care of generating the online entry form based on your settings and the classes, and fees defined for the show.
     
    Configuration options in HSS let you configure the appearance and behaviour of your online entry including:

    Logo image

    Entry Agreement text (USEF standard agreement is provided by default)

    Payment options - whether a payment is required at time of entry or not.

    Which fees to display on the entry form.

    Which fees the exhibitor can select a quantity for (EG: Stall quantity).


    Credit card payment processing:

    Support for credit card processing using vaulted credit cards recorded at the time of online entry is now supported.
    Payments are immediately posted to your merchant account at the time of online entry.
    Use the same card provided at online entry time at the show when an exhibitor checks out.
    Restricted credit card information issecurely vaulted at a PCI Level 1 facility and never transmitted or stored by HSS or HSO.
    Support for over 60 payment gateways including PayPal, Elavon, Authorize.net, and Virtual Merchant.
    Other changes:
    1. Class editor: New option to include/exclude the class from reports that compute division champion/reserve and other division rankings.

    2. Class editor: New flag to indicate if the "Go order" is ready for the class. This flag can also be set in the class results screen.

    3. Dressage: Four new 2014 dressage tests have been added.

    4. HSO Control Panel: New control panel on HSS's "HSO" menu lets you quickly update show news and adjust the show's settings at HorseShowsOnline.

    5. Prize money: New option in classes for "California split".
      When checked, prize money is computed for the class as a California split. California split prize money awards full prize money to each place even when there are ties for the same placing. Example, each 1st place will receive the full prize money amount for 1st place.

    6. Reports: Class sheets include Horse's age compute as Age=“Year of the show” – “Year of Horse’s DOB”. The age is not intended to be an accurate calendar calculation of true age.

    7. Reports: Class sheets print the class's dressage test (if any) in the class sheet's heading area.

    8. Reports: 1099 forms alignment adjusted for IRS 2013 1099 forms.

    9. Reports: Jump order report is now portrait mode and lists up to 72 entries per page and includes sponsor text.

    10. Reports: Stall Usage By Stable With report includes the "Stall No." recorded for each entry listed.

    11. Reports: New report "Winnings by payee with detail" added to Reports \ Global folder.

    12. Reports: New report “Reports\Show\Results\Division results – dressage ranking”.\

    13. Reports: New report "Reports\Show\Results\Class results - Dressage - Interim". This report is also available from the class results screen.
      This report generates a dressage ranking cross tab report computing entry ranking based on the sum of each entry's percentage in each dressage test.
      A column for each dressage test list each entry's percentage in the test and the total column lists the sum of percentages for the entry in all tests.
      Entries are listed in descending order of total within each division

    14. Equine Canada: Updated lookup field and web services for compatibility with revised EC web service changes effective July 1, 2014.

    15. USEF lookup: When copying USEF fields into a person record from the USEF lookup screen, if the USF amateur status is "UNDECLARED" or otherwise not recognized the amateur status for the person is set to blank.

    16. USEF validation: The USEF validation screen now allows the "Type" (Rider type) to be set to a blank if the USEF amateur status is reported as anything other than a recognized value (EG: Amateur, Junior, Pro)

    17. USEF Export: A new checkbox in USEF export lets you suppress the address information for people. This is useful if you are sending the USEF results export file to someone other than USEF (EG: Magazine, newspaper, publisher) and do not want them to have the address information for all your people. This also helps to prevent a competitor from easily importing your data into their own system.

    18. Online Add/Scratch: Exhibitors can now submit Add/Scratch requests to you on the internet through HorseShowsOnline.com.
      A new item on the "HSO" menu in HSS allows you to review the add/scratch requests submitted by exhibitors.
      You must enable this feature in the show's online settings in the show's properties.  HorseShowsOnline will only accept add/scratch requests for your show if this feature is enabled.

    19. Online Live Feed: New integration with the updated HorseShowsOnline can now send immediate updates to anyone watching your show's live feed at HorseShowsOnline. Using this feature you can send formatted text updates (EG: Scoreboard and other real time information), as well as video feed links. The video feed lets you broadcast an embed code for your live stream. The live stream needs to be hosted at a compatible provider (EG: Ustream, Vimeo, Youtube or similar services).

    20. Publishing: New, faster publishing wizard lets you set the "Show news" when publishing.

    Microsoft Windows Support:

    Microsoft dropped support for the aging WIndows XP operating system in early 2014. 
    HSS is no longer supported on Windows XP.

    HSS is compatible with Windows 7 and Windows 8.1, Windows 10

    When purchasing a new computer, consider a PC with at least 4 GB of memory -8GB or more is recommended, especially for your server.  The cost of additional memory is minimal and has a huge impact on performance of the computer in general as well as HSS.

    December 8, 2013 Version 3.2013.1208

    1. Checks screen: "Export Check Information" includes a new column "ChequeAmount" which is the final amount issued on the check, whereas the "Amount" column is the individual amount for prize awards.

    2. Entry editor: Check amount on checks tab now formats as currency.

    3. Entry editor: New button added to contact information section to allow select contact information from owners.

    4. Horse editor: New field "FEI Registration number" added.

    5. Invoices screen: New column "Stable With" added to the invoices grid.

    6. People editor: New fields "FEI number" added.

    7. Reports: Check reconciliation report improved.

    8. Reports: USEF Non-member report has a new column "Sub notes". The column indicates if the rider is "Amateur", and if the person has an Equine Canada sport licence number.

    9. Reports: New report "Measurement Card Verification" added to Reports/Show/Entries folder in reports explorer. The report lists entries that are entered in classes that require a measurement but do not have a height or measurement card recorded.

    10. Reports: New report "Trainers at show" added to Reports/Show/General folder in reports explorer. The report lists trainers for all active show entries.

    11. Scoreboard export: Scratched entries are now excluded from scoreboard export.

    12. USEF Export: FEI numbers (riders, owners), FEI Passport Number (horses), and FEI Registration number (horses) are exported to USEF results file.

    13. USEF Configuration: New button on the USEF Section code configuration screen allows you to import the section code settings from a different HSS database.

    14. USEF Configuration: New search field added to screen to help you locate the section code to edit.

    15. USEF Lookups: The USEF "suspended" status returned by USEF lookups now returns one of the following codes:
      MED(Medical Suspension), LO(Licensed Official Suspension, can still compete, can’t officiate), MGT(Competition Management Suspension, can still compete, can’t run competitions), EXB(Can’t compete or spectate), or NO.

    October 2, 2013 Version 3.2013.0904

    1. Class sheets: Rider age computation updated.

    2. Class sheets: New option added to hide rider's age

    3. Credit Card: Virtual merchant interface updated to match new VM API changes.

    4. Invoices: Invoices screen now displays columns entry status and external account number associated with the show entry (if any).

    5. Invoices: New option added to invoices screen to export individual invoices to PDF files in a specified folder.

    6. Invoices: Invoices for Pending status entries now include the division or class entered on the invoice, however the entry fee amount is shown as $0.00. Division and class entry fees are NOT charged for pending entries.

    7. Deposits: Payment types are no longer auto selected when the deposits form is initially loaded.

    8. Division editor: A new field in division editor on the “Class defaults” tab lets you enter sponsor text and then apply it to all the classes in the division.

    9. Payment Entry: Selection by Trainer has been added. You now have the ability to select entries by "Trainer" as well as "Stable With Trainer".

    10. Reports: Report viewer has a new item on the "Export" menu to allow exporting the current drill down view.

    11. Reports: Class sheets (Compact) now lists the sex and foal date for horse.

    12. Reports: Numeric running list page numbering, total page count corrected.

    13. Reports: Stall usage by stable with report now excludes "Pending" entries.

    14. Reports: Stall billing report now excludes stall fees for "Pending" entries unless the stall fee is flagged as billed "Always" .

    15. Reports: Financial / Fees analysis report excludes pending entries unless the fee is flagged as billed "Always".

    16. Reports: Financial / Billing by trainer report excludes pending entries unless the fee is flagged as billed "Always".

    17. Reports: Financial / Feed Bedding Shaving report excludes pending entries unless the fee is flagged as billed "Always".

    18. Reports: Show/General/Results/Winnings by Owner report now includes a grand total in report summary.

    19. Reports: Show/Entries/USEF Non Member report now includes the fee quantity when computing the total charged for fees categorized as "USEF NON MEMBER".

    20. Show manager: New filter option added for "Stable With Trainer"

    21. Entry editor: Payments can now be deleted when the journal is turned on.

    April 23, 2013 Version 3.2013.0423

    We have added a frequently requested feature in this release:
    Journal support - to record history of changes to an entry.
     

    1. Reports: Numeric running list now suppresses repeated lines of identical information.
      If an entry has multiple riders, the class, horse, owner, and trainer fields are only listed once per entry.

    2. Payment entry: Problem saving payments via the payment entry screen under certain conditions is resolved.

    April 19, 2013 Version 3.2013.0405

    1. Check printing: Remittance advice now sorts the items by class number if possible.

    2. Check printing: A new button "Void selected" allows you to mark the selected checks as void.
      Note: Checks are grouped by payee. Voiding a cheque can affect multiple entries if the payee is the payee for more than one entry.
      Voiding automatically generated prize money checks is generally not advisable unless you have a specific reason to void the cheque

    3. Class verification: HSS will now set the rider for the class as long as one or more riders have been specified in the entry's record when adding an entry into a class instead of leaving the rider unspecified.

    4. Entry editor: Corrected problem where removing a class for a new entry would cause an error.

    5. Entry editor: If the entry number is left blank, HSS will provide a list of suggested entry numbers and prompt for a selection.
      Non-barn account suggested entry numbers start at 1 through 7999.
      Barn account numbers begin at 8000.
      The suggested entry numbers will be the next available number within the appropriate barn/non barn account range. Multiple suggestions will
      be available if there are numbers not assigned within the range.

    6. Entry editor: Classes entered list displays newly entered classes in green and leaves them at the end of the list

    7. Entry editor: Classes entered list has a new read only checkbox column "New" to allow sorting the list by classes just entered but not saved.

    8. Entry editor: New tab added "Cheques". This tab lists cheque amounts issued to the entry. You can also create a new manual cheque.

    9. Entry editor:New tab added "Journal".This tab lists transaction activity for the entry.
      If journal tracking is enabled for the show, HSS will record changes made to entries (EG: Class add/scratch, fee changes, payments etc.)
      You can record manual notes for the journal on this tab.
      You mustturn on activity tracking by checking the "Journal Enable" option in the show's properties screen.

    10. Fees: New fee category added "USEF NONMEMBER".

    11. Finance menu: New function "Deposits" added. This feature lets you record bank deposits you have made based on payments you select for deposit.

    12. HSSserver: taskbar tool tip balloon text no longer pops up on mouse hover.

    13. HSSserver: Internet IP address is now displayed when the IP refresh button is clicked.

    14. Horse editor: Horse owner change rule relaxed. Horse owner can now be change as long as horse isn't reference by any other shows.

    15. Horse editor: New field added "TIP No." to record the "Thoroughbred Incentive Program" number for the horse.

    16. Reports: Print engine report viewer adjusted to improve performance and stability. Resolved problem with print selection dialogue.

    17. Reports: Class sheets now display the rider's age as of the show start date if the rider's DOB is known.
      The age is computed based on Dec 1st of the year the show started in the same way that USEF computes a person's age.

    18. Reports: USEF Non member report displays the total billed for category "USEF NONMEMBER" and the number of classes entered for each entry.

    19. Reports: Feed and Bedding report now excludes items if the quantity and amount are both zero.

    20. Reports: Judges cards will now print a blank judges card even if there are no matching classes for the scheduled date range. This allows you to print a blank judge card.

    21. Reports: Class results now lists dressage percentage as well as score (points).

    22. Reports: Cheque Reconcile report has new filter options: "List printed cheques only", and "Include void checks".

    23. Reports: New report "Deposits" added to "Financial" section in reports explorer. The report lists all payment deposits recorded for the current show.

    24. Reports: New report "Show\Associations\WCHR Entries List" generates a list of entries with horse, owner and rider USEF numbers as required by USEF / WCHR (World Champion Hunter Rider"

    25. Scoreboard export: Single file, non-standard CSV export format has the comma between class number and class name removed.

    26. Show editor:New checkbox option "Journal Enabled"to turn on/off the recording of entry changes in the Journal.
      When the Journal option is enabled for a show, changes to each entry are logged.
      Changes to an entry can be viewed on the "Journal" tab in entry editor.
      Database size will increase if you enable the journal feature.

    February 19, 2013 Version 3.2013.0221

    1. Entry Editor: HSS warns and prevents removing an entry or rider from a class that has a finish place recorded in results for the class.

    2. Show Manager: Entries grid now displays the trainer's Barn name for each entry

    3. Show Manager: Popup menu for entries "Stall billing by trainer" report" replaced with "Stall usage by stable with" report

    4. Results editor: When invalid placings are detected and HSS prompts to correct the placing, the default button in the popup is now "NO".

    5. Reports: "Billing by Trainer" report has new option to exclude fees where the quantity and amount is zero.

    6. Reports: New export options available in report viewer: Export to CSV (Comma Separated Value) format

    7. Reports: New report "Show / General / Division Champ Chart-Blank" added. This report generates a blank championship chart for selected divisions. The chart can be used as a worksheet for computing division champ and reserve.

    8. Resolved minor USEF picker warning when populating divisions in a new show.

    9. Added support for import of people and horses from Ryegate software via CSV files.
      Two CSV (Comma separated value) files are expected: Names.csv and Horses.csv.
      The first row of each file must contain the field names. THe following field names are required:
      Names.csv: NUMBER, LAST NAME, FIRST NAME, TAX ID, DOB, ADDRESS1, ADDRESS2, CITY, STATE, ZIP, USEF, FEI
      Horses.csv: OWNER #, NAME, COLOR, SEX, HEIGHT, YEAR FOALED, SIRE, DAM, BREED, USEF, FEI
      Make sure you include spaces in field names where required.
      "NUMBER" in the Names.csv file is the unique Owner ID value associated with each person record.
      "Owner #" in the Horses.csv file identifies the related person record (IE: "NUMBER") in the Names.csv file.

    10. Classes grid: Added new column to display Circuit points division for each class.

    January 27, 2013 Version 3.2013.0127

    1. Windows 8 support added.

    2. New code signed HSS installer improves HSS installation process.

    3. Add-back money: When add back money is credited to an entry and taxes are enabled on class entry fees, the Add-back money will apply as a credit towards the class entry fee taxable amount. The net tax payable for the class entry fee will be the class entry fee minus the add back credit for the class. The amount credited toward the class entry fee will be the lesser of the class entry fee and the add-back amount for the class.

    4. Class editor: Choosing a USEF section in class editor will apply the defaults for the section to the class based on the settings for the USEF section code.

    5. Class editor: Prize group drop down displays prize money for 1st 8 places a well as the prize group description.

    6. Class editor: New field added for ribbon count. The ribbon count is printed on class labels, judges card labels, and judge cards.

    7. Credit cards: Supported added for credit card payment processing through virtual merchant.

    8. Credit cards: Credit card receipt updated to be more compliant with printer margins. Customer copy signature line prints on correct page.

    9. Credit cards: Payments by credit card now record the authorization number and the payment amount Credit card in the payment's reference number.

    10. Division editor: Choosing a USEF section in division editor will apply the defaults for the section to the division based on the settings for the USEF section code.

    11. Division editor: Added "N" as a division rating in division editor to support that option for Morgans and Arabians.

    12. Entry editor: displays a checkbox "Signatures OK" to indicate if you have validated the signatures on the entry form.

    13. Entry editor: displays a checkbox "Coggins OK" to indicate if you have validated the coggins information for the entry.

    14. Entry editor: displays a new dropdown for "Entry Status". The entry status can be "Active" or "Pending". Pending entries are not yet qualified/accepted in the show. Pending entries are not able to actively enter or participate in any classes. Pending entries are assigned a special entry number by HSS until they are changed to Active status.

    15. Entry editor: Displays the USEF status information on a new tab. Clicking on the tab automatically queries USEF.

    16. Entry editor: USEF validation in entry editor no longer flags horses with a status of "Annual" as an exception.

    17. Entry editor: USEF status check in entry editor now includes USHJA Status information in the USHJA column for people.

    18. Entry editor: Balance Forward: Entry editor, Payments screen now displays Current show balance AND the balance from prior shows for the person designated as the "Invoice To" person for the current entry.

    19. Entry editor: Fees screen now lists whether a fee is a global fee or a fee for the current entry only

    20. Entry editor: Fees screen lets you change the fee category and applies to setting for entry specific fees you add to an entry.

    21. Entry editor: New field added "Stable With" to record the trainer that the entry is stabled with. "Stable With" defaults to the same as the Trainer selection.

    22. Entry editor: New field added "External Acct No." to record an account number used by external programs or administrative forms.

    23. Entry editor: If the entry number field is left blank when adding an entry, HSS will try and compute the next available entry number automatically.

    24. Entry editor: You cannot add a class to an entry if no riders have been selected for the entry.

    25. Entry editor: A new tab "Results" lists the result information for all classes the entry is entered in. You can modify certain fields like fence height and USEF Derby section directly in the results grid. You can open the class results editor for a class from the results grid

    26. Fees: new "Category" field allows classifying a fee as either a General or Stall fee.

    27. Fees: new "Applies To" field allows you to specify if a fee applies to all entry types or only Active entry types.

    28. Fees entry screen: Fees can now be grouped by the "Stable With" trainer associated with entries.

    29. Import/Export: Minor changes to scoreboard export for some formats.

    30. Import/Export: Import people & horses (IE: Starting a new database) has an option to import USEF Section code information (Enabled by default). Importing section code information will import the section code settings from the source database to your new database.

    31. Horse editor: Removed "Edit Owner" button from horse editor to avoid confusion.

    32. MOS Scoring: MOS Scoring support added. Results for a class can now be computed using three judge MOS scoring ("Majority Opinion Scoring").Seewww.uphaonline.comfor details on MOS scoring. A new menu in the class results screen provides access to the MOS scoring features and reports.

    33. Payments screen: payments can now be grouped by the "Stable With" trainer associated with entries.

    34. People editor: Pasting USEF lookup into a rider record now sets the Age field (O/U) to "O" if USEF reports the person's age as older than 49.

    35. People editor: The person's "Show age" is now displayed beside the DOB field. The person's show age is computed based on their age at Dec 1 of the show's start date.

    36. People editor: When adding a new owner, the owner record record is also flagged as a rider by default.

    37. Reports: Report engine updated. New button added to report viewer to export to PDF. Report generation time is displayed.

    38. Reports: Stall billing report now defaults to NOT showing the dollar amounts.

    39. Reports: Class results report now lists the circuit division assigned to each entry result.

    40. Reports: Compact circuit points report drill down now sorts by show name, then class number.

    41. Reports: Class sheets now list the rider's city and state.

    42. Reports: MOS Scores report added to reports explorer in the Show\Results folder.

    43. Reports: Judges card - non jumper has been reduced in height slightly to avoid extra pages on some printers.

    44. Reports: New report added "Show \ Pending entries \ Pending entries by owner".

    45. Reports: New report added "Show \ Entries \ Stall Usage By Stable With".

    46. Reports: Riders schedule now sorts by LastName, Firstname instead of Firstname,Lastname.

    47. Ring scheduler: New button in toolbar "Reset" to unschedule all classes for the current show. Resetting the schedule will remove all scheduled classes from the schedule. The process is not reversible.

    48. Ring scheduler: Hides start time / next time from the report if "Show Times" is unchecked in the ring schedule administration setting.

    49. Show editor: New "Coggins Expiry Days" field. This is the number of days a horse's Coggins test is valid for. The Veterinary report uses this value in conjunction with a horse's Coggins test date to flag horses with an expired Coggins test.

    50. Show manager: Has a new column to display who the entry is invoiced to (Owner, Trainer, Rider)

    51. Show manager: Has new "Stable With" column displaying the name of the stable with trainer for each entry.

    52. Show manager: Payments by trainer now loads the payments screen based on the "Stable With" trainer associated with the entry.

    53. Show manager: Fee adjustments by trainer now loads the payments screen based on the "Stable With" trainer associated with the entry.

    54. Show manager: Trainer add/scratch report is based on the Stable With trainer.

    55. Show manager: Stall billing report is based on the Stable With trainer.

    56. Show manager: Fees by trainer and Fees by trainer comparison reports are based on the Stable With trainer.

    57. Show manager: Allows filtering the Entries list based on the Entry Status, Active, Pending or all.

    58. Show manager: Show selector will now switch shows immediately upon selection of a different show. The change show button has been removed.

    59. Show manager: Classes tab now lists the circuit points division code for each class.

    60. Show manager: Balance Forward: Show manager has new button and column to display balance from prior shows for the person designated as the "Invoice To" person for the current entry.

    61. Show manager: Statement report: New item on right click popup menu prints a statement listing all invoices balances for all shows for the person designated as the "Invoice To" person for the current entry.

    62. USEF: USEF Sections configuration option added to USEF menu. This feature allows you to set default values to apply to divisions and classes when you select a USEF section for a class or division. Settings for Nomination fee flags, Rider type restriction, IHP required, Fence height, Jumper table and other options are available.

    63. USEF: USEF Picker now supports searching by description or code. Just start typing in the USEF picker dropdown and matching section codes will be shown in the dropdown grid. Navigate to the desired code and click, press enter, or tab to select.

    64. USEF: USEF picker only shows USEF section codes that are not dormant. The dormant flag can be set using the USEF Sections configuration screen on the USEF menu. Marking a section as dormant will reduce the length of the section code list so you only see section codes you are typically using.

    65. USEF: USEF Lookup now includes USHJA Status information.

    66. USEF: New option on file menu "Reset USEF flags for all people and horses" to remove the flags associated with a person or horse's USEF number (E.G.: JAS, PEND etc). This is useful to reset the flags after importing people and horses into a new database for the new show year.

    May 24, 2012 Version 3.2012.0523

    1. New 2012 USEF section codes added.

    2. New option added to USEF menu to update USEF section codes. This feature will download and update all available section codes from USEF. Use this feature to update your database's USEF section code list whenever USEF issues new section codes.

    3. USEF Validation screen now lists the USEF Number suffix in your records (EG JAS, NM etc)

    4. USEF Validation screen now lists the USEF Effective date returned by USEF

    5. USEF Validation screen now lists the Affiliate information (EG: USHJA, USDA).

    6. USEF Validation screen now lists horse owner and USEF horse owner and highlights mismatches.

    7. USEF Suspensions screen now lists the Affiliate information for owner, rider, trainer (EG: USHJA, USDA).

    8. USEF lookups for people now lists the USEF membership Effective Date.

    9. Show manager, entry number search field now automatically selects the entry (if found in the list of entries) as you type.

    10. Show manager, Classes tab allows you to print class results for a class by right clicking on the class.

    11. Show manager, Divisions tab has a new search field. Enter the division number to select the division you want to work with.

    12. Show manager, USEF status lookup lists the USEF flags in your record, USEF affiliates, checks for exceptions and summarizes the number of warnings overall for horse, owner, riders and trainer.

    13. Show manager, Riders tab now lists the EC (Equestrian Canada) sport licence number for EC rated shows.

    14. Stall billing reports - new option to show/hide dollar amount and total.

    15. Division editor has a new field on class defaults tab to set the default class entry fee for new classes.
      A new button allows applying the new class entry fee to all existing classes in the division.
      Changing the class entry fee for existing classes with many entries will require a minute or so while invoices are recomputed.

    16. Division editor, Class defaults tab has a new button to allow creation of a new prize group

    17. Ring scheduler enhanced:
      A new text field in each ring to let you enter the class number to add or remove from the ring.
      Enter the class number and then press the + (or enter) key to add the class, or - (minus) to remove the class from the ring.
      If the class is in another ring it will be moved to the target ring when adding the class.

    18. Division results no longer force you to specify a rider when setting champion and reserve. Specifying a rider is now optional.
      If you are using circuit points and points are awarded to a rider for division champ and reserve then make sure you specify a rider.

    19. Division results screen displays the type (Am/Jr etc) and age group for riders.

    20. Division results screen opens maximized to more easily view as many entries as possible.

    21. Owner/Rider street address and zip/postal code removed from circuit points reports.

    22. Corrected fee summarization on global stall billing cross tab by trainer report and global fee billing by trainer cross tab report.

    23. Importing Classes, divisions, prizes and fees into a new show provides an option to import the ring schedule.
      The default is to NOT import the ring schedule.

    24. Circuit points - New report added "Points by horse AND rider".
      The new report (Global and per show) ranks the results by combination of horse AND rider.

    25. Circuit points - New global report "Circuit points by trainer" added. The report ranks trainers by points for entries they are a trainer for in all shows.

    26. Class results - When HSS detects you have placed an entry with a place greater than the number of entries in the class you are warned and asked if you want to correct this. The default answer button is now set to "No".

    27. Scoreboard export has new textbox to allow selection of classes to export by entering the class number. Add or remove a class from the selection by clicking the enter key or the plus (+) key or minus (-) key. Matching classes will be highlighted in the class list. You can use this in conjunction with selection by clicking on a class in the class list.

    28. Scoreboard export supports new export formats:
      Single file per class,
      Single file for all classes,
      Standard CSV export which can be opened in Excel or other spreadsheet programs.

    29. Scoreboard export supports a choice of column order for owner and rider in the exported file to satisfy the requirements of different scoreboards.

    30. Scoreboard import:Added ability to import from Ryegate scoreboard CSV text file format.

    31. Support added for a second Nomination fee:
      Show editor has a new field to set the amount for Nomination fee 2.
      Class editor has a new checkbox to flag whether nomination fee 2 is required for the class. Invoicing will automatically generate a charge with code "*NOMINATE2" if an entry enters any class that requires a nomination fee 2 for the amount specified in the show's settings.
      This is the same behaviour as the normal nomination fee and allows you to have 2 different nomination fees in the show.

    32. Class proofing report updated to include a flag for nomination fee 2.

    33. Classes grid has a new column to display the flag for nomination fee 2.

    34. Support added for Dressage scoring:

    35. Class results screen provides a new button in the "Score" column for each entry for Dressage classes.
      Click the button to open the dressage scoring screen for an entry.
      The dressage scoring screen allows entry of points for each movement, computes the score and percentage for each judge, and computes the average score and percentage for all judges.

    36. Class results screen has a new menu "Dressage" which is enabled for Dressage classes.
      The menu provides an option to automatically set the placings for entries based on their score.  Using this option, will reset the placings for all entries and then place the entries based on their score.

    37. Dressage scores for a specific entry can be printed from the class results screen by right clicking on the entry or using the Dressage menu / Print scores menu.

    38. New report "Dressage scores" added to Reports \ Show \ Results folder.
      This report lists the scores recorded for each entry in each class. You can select which classes to print the report for.
      Only entries with scores recorded will be listed. The report summarizes the scores and percentages for each judge.

    39. Prize money expanded to support up to 25 placings (formerly 15).

    40. Add back money percentages expanded to support up to 25 placings (formerly 15)

    41. Horses grid now lists the date and time a horse record was originally created.

    42. Horse editor now prevents change of owner if a horse is referenced by a show entry in any show in the database.
      This feature prevents inadvertent changes of owner / horse relationship for existing show entries.
      A new button in horse editor named "Clone" lets you create a new copy of a horse record so that you can assign a new owner to the horse.
      This ensures there is a unique Owner / Horse combination.

    43. Horse editor has new buttons to allow jumping to the Owner editor to create a new owner record or to edit the existing record.
      The availability of the owner create owner button depends on whether the horse is already assigned to any show entries.
      You cannot create and assign a new owner to a horse if the current horse and owner are assigned to any show entries.

    44. Prize group editor now prevents saving a prize group with a blank prize group code or blank description.

    45. Prize group editor now displays a total of all prizes amounts as you enter or change the amounts.
      The description and prize group code fields are after the prize amounts so you can easily edit the amounts and then modify the description based on the total.

    46. Prize group editor has a new tab "Prize Computing".
      Easily generate prize amounts using percentages and the total prize amount offered or the prize amount per entry and number of entries.
      Percentages can be manually entered for each placing OR based on the add-back percentages defined for the show, OR be based on the current prize amounts and prize total already defined for the prize group.

    47. Fields on class results report for USEF number now list the USEF number and USEF number suffix for horse, owner and rider.

    48. Remote Assistance:
      A new item "Get remote assistance" on the main Help menu in HSS provides a simple method for connecting with an HSS technical support representative using remote desktop. This allows a technician to work with you and share your screen and directly assist you via the internet.
      Remote assistance requires a password which will be provided to you by the HSS technician when arranging a support session.

    49. Results and Prize Money - HUNTER classes:
      HSS now applies a different prize money calculation for "HUNTER" classes.
      This allows for California split prize money.
      When a tied placing is recorded for entries in a HUNTER class the prize amount for each entry is the full amount specified in the prize group for the placing. Previously HSS would compute the average of the sum of the consecutive placings and award the average amount to each of the tied entries (the same as all other class types).

    50. Results and Prize Money - All non HUNTER classes:
      HSS now checks to see if placings appear to be incorrect when ties are recorded.
      If a potential entry error in placings is detected, a warning message will pop up recommending you correct the mistakes.
      Failure to properly place tied entries can result in incorrect prize money being awarded.
      For example if you have 5 entries, with two tied for first the correct placings would be 1,1,3,4,5 (Note that placing 2 is skipped).

    51. Results and Prize Money - All non HUNTER classes:
      HSS will warn you if the prize money computed based on the placings exceeds the prize group total.

    52. File restore:
      HSS now examines the version of the backup file you are attempting to restore. If the version was made with a more recent version of HSS, then you will be warned that you must update your HSS software first so that your software is compatible with the data.

    53. HSS is now checks client versions more rigorously when connecting multiple PCs on a network.
      When networking it is very important that ALL the computers on the network are using the same version of HSS.

    February 22, 2012 Version 3.2012.0201

    1. Class results screen now allows editing most fields even if the class is closed. This allows you to modify rider, scores, faults, fence height over-ride, USEF derby section, points division over-ride.

    2. Division editor has a new tab "Class Defaults". New fields on the tab let you define default values to use for classes you add to the division. New class records will be pre-filled with the defaults set in the division when you create a new class that references the division. Buttons labelled "Apply to classes" allow you to apply the settings to existing classes in a division.

    3. Classes list in Division editor now lists additional information for each class (Fence height, points division etc.)

    4. Entry editor has 2 new fields to record the dates (From, To) the specified stall will be rented by the entry. The date range must fall within the start / end date for the show.

    5. New report added "Stall reservations by stall number". Located in reports explorer under Reports/Show/Entries, this report lists reservation dates for stalls, sorted by stall number. Only entries that have a non-blank stall number are listed.

    6. New report added "Stalls reservations by trainer". Located in reports explorer under Reports/Show/Entries, this report lists reservation dates for stalls, grouped by trainer and sorted by stall number. Only entries that have a non-blank stall number are listed.

    7. New report added "Stall Card Labels". Located in reports explorer under Reports/Show/Entries, this report prints labels that can be used for stall cards. Only entries that have a non-blank stall number are listed.

    8. Class proofing report now lists new fields for each class: Fence height, Circuit points division.

    9. Barn accounts are now excluded from the USEF Non-member report.

    10. Show manager has new buttons on classes and divisions tabs to display the number of scanned documents for each class or division

    11. Check (Cheque) printing alignment modified slightly to conform to NEBS Check Form DLT104 or SSLT104 and for use with 91663 window envelope (Nebs USA. www.nebs.com)

    12. New options on the right click context menu in Show Manager / Classes tab to print various reports for the currently selected class (EG: Class sheets, Jump order, Judges cards).

    13. Self serve console has two new tabs: USEF, and HorseShowsOnline. These tabs provide access to USEF's member search and services on the web, and to
      HorseShowsOnline show information on the web. Note that external links displayed on the HorseShowsOnline web site within the self serve
      console are disabled (EG: Advertising links) as a security feature.

    14. Self serve console now hides the windows taskbar AND the windows Start button / Orb so users cannot
      access anything but the Self serve functions screen.

    January 18, 2012 Version 3.2012.0118

    1. Increased from 10,000 to 15,000 the number of horses listed in show manager's horse name filter before the filter disallows listing all horses.

    2. Renamed button on people/horse import screen from "Start import" to "Next Step - select database to import from"

    3. Class edit screen field "Jumper height" renamed to "Fence height".
      This is also the default fence height that will be reported in USEF results export unless overridden in the results screen for individual entries.

    4. Class results screen displays default fence height for class in window title bar

    5. Class results allows direct entry of alternate fence height for each entry in inches.
      Leave the fence height blank for an entry to use the default fence height for the class.
       

    6. USEF E-Results export updated for compliance with USEF 2012 specifications

    7. HSS Server now gets External Internet IP address when pressing the GetIP button.

    8. Horse records now allow "Pending" as USEF number suffix

    9. Class sheets now list the default fence height for the class as well as the alternate fence height for each entry where the fence height is different than the class default.

    10. Font size on result information on invoices has been reduced to reduce wrapping and paper use.

    11. New button in show manager "Show Document Counts" displays and refreshes a column named "Documents" in the list of entries.
      The new column displays the number of scanned documents on record for the each entry.

    12. The "Invoice To" selection in entry editor changed from a list to a drop down.

    13. New global report added "Attendees at all shows". Lists all people that attended a show (Owners, trainers, riders).

    14. New global report added "Attendees at all shows - labels". Generates labels for all people that attended a show (Owners, trainers, riders).

    15. Judges cards for jumper classes now list the the prize money total for the class.

    January 1, 2012 Version 3.2012.0101

    1. Social Security number can now be optionally hidden on printed 1099 forms.  SSN's are masked by default (IE: Only the last four digits will be printed).
      Use this option when printing 1099 forms for recipients.
      Do not hide SSN when printing the government copy of the 1099.

    September 16, 2011 Version 3.2011.0823

    1. USEF Validation screen has new column "USEF Status". This is the status of the member record as reported by USEF.  When the status is listed as "Inactive" the row will be shown in red.

    2. Circuit points divisions can now be assigned to show divisions, show classes and entry results. Formerly, circuit points were directly related to show divisions and there was no ability to change the circuit points division for classes or specific entries.

    3. Circuit points divisions can now be auto created based on the USEF section codes used by classes, divisions and results. Circuit points divisions can still be auto created based on show division names. Both methods are supported.   When auto generating the circuit divisions by USEF section code, all divisions and classes will be automatically associated with  a circuit points division based on the USEF section code that has been specified for the class / division.

    4. Class results screen has a new column to allow setting the circuit points division to place the entry in.  Use this selection to override the circuit points division specified for the class for the entry.  If you do not specify a points division for the entry, then points will accrue within the circuit division specified for the class.

    5. New global report added "Circuit Points By Rider". This report ranks riders by points within each circuit division.

    6. New show results report added "Circuit Points (this show) By Rider". This report ranks riders by points within each circuit division based on the currently open show only.

    7. Finish place for an entry may now be a number greater than the number of entries in the class up to a value of 16.  This allow you to record a placing of 2nd, 3rd etc when there is only 1 or two entries in a class for unusual classes that require special handling.

    8. Coggins date for horses now defaults to 1/1/1900 instead of the current date the record was created.

    9. Veterinary report (Coggins information) has a new column listing exceptions and warnings when coggins test date, lab, or accession number is missing. The report also provides an option to only list entries that have exceptions. The coggins date is considered invalid unless it falls within the date range between 1/1/1980 and the current date.

    10. Corrected a problem where a null USEF suffix was causing the USEF number to not display on invoices in some rare cases.

    August 2, 2011 Version 3.2011.0727

    1. Widened columns in ring schedule report from 2.6 inches to 3.25 to allow full class description to print.

    2. Added new options to People and Horse editor for USEF non member suffixes (EG: NM-USEF/USHJA, Leadline, Opportunity etc).

    3. Invoices now display the USEF number suffix information as wells as the USEF number for owners and horses.

    4. Invoices now list the rider associated with each result when "show results on invoices" option is enabled along with the Rider's USEF number.

    5. USEF Non member report has several new filter options.

    6. Show entries by entry number report now allows filtering by entry number range.

    7. Conversion of horse height from hands to inches and inches to hands now rounds to the nearest 1/16 inch instead of 1/8 inch.

    8. Class sheets (full and compact) now list the USEF section code and description where applicable.

    9. Entries Horse Owner Trainer Rider report now lists the horse's FEI passport number.

    10. Updated global fee billing report summary totals.

    11. USEF agreement on trainer add/scratch form is now suppressed.

    12. Importing data from a USEF lookup will only overwrite the persons zip code if the current zip code is blank. This is because the USEF zip code may not be correct in relation to the persons actual mailing address.
    13. <%-- --%>
    14. New field in class records added to record Sponsor Amount. This is the amount contributed to the show by the sponsor of the class.
    15. Show Analysis report and Show Analysis Summarized report now list the class sponsorship amounts and information.
    16. Class verification screen now lists total number of entries that are entered in the class being verified in the status bar.
    17. Corrected problem where Entry Labels included all shows instead of just the current show.
    18. Added new report Class Sheets By Entry - Compact. Similar to the Class sheets - compact report, but sorted by entry number instead of start

    July 3, 2011 Version 3.2011.0703

    1. Corrected stack overflow error generating cash checks for a class that would occur on some computers.

    June 14, 2011 Version 3.2011.0614

    1. Corrected error that occurred when running class verification on a class when there were no entries in the class.

    2. Equine Canada results export now looks up Horse Lifetime Number using both the EC Passport number, or if that is not recorded, then the FEI Passport no.

    3. Global stall billing report and Global fee billing report now list the stall number associated with each entry

    4. Fee entry screen now allows deleting multiple entries from the list of entries. Use standard CTRL-Click, SHIFT-Click or highlight the rows to delete and then press the Delete key to remove the entries from the list.

    5. Class verification screen now supports deleting entries listed in the judge's card list. This is particularly useful if you inadvertently enter an incorrect entry number when recording entries from the judge's card.

    6. Payment entry screen now retains list of entries selected for payment after applying the payment including entries that were manually added to the list. This allows invoices for affected entries to be printed before and after payment from the payments screen.

    7. Class editor class schedule tab now synchronizes the class start time with the list of scheduled times

    8. Class results editor now displays the scheduled time in a new column for entries if the class has a time schedule associated with it.
      This applies only to classes that are scheduled directly in the class editor and NOT ring schedule.

    9. HSS will warn you if you attempt to delete a class that has already been marked as "Cancelled" in the class results screen.

    10. The database backup function now performs a verification of the backup file by default to check that the backup ZIP file is valid.

    May  22, 2011 Version 3.2011.0512

    1. Class results report and Class results-compact report now display Eliminated and Withdrawn entries where applicable.

    2. Account balance listed in show manager now includes tax1 and tax2 amounts as part of the computation.

    3. Class results screen has a new button "Class Verify" to easily launch the judges card class verification screen.

    4. HSS no longer prompts when printing balances on entry editor payments tab.

    5. Move Entries screen (Available in Show manager on Actions menu), now displays rider type (Am, Jr etc..), horse size, horse height, and allows sorting on multiple columns. These new features assist in selecting entries you want to move from one class into another.

    6. Show manager now restores its window size if it was minimized to task bar when another show was opened.

    7. Class verification screen now displays a new column indicating if the scratched status of entries that were entered but not shown. The verification log also notes scratched entries.

    8. New report: "Stall Billing - All Shows". Located in Reports/Global in reports explorer. This is the stall billing report grouped and summarized for each trainer in each show in the database.

    9. New report: "Fee billing by trainer - All Shows". Located in Reports/Global in reports explorer.

    10. New report: "Fee billing cross tab by trainer - All Shows". Located in Reports/Global in reports explorer.

    11. Judges cards now have a small line number text in increments of 5 to help determine entry counts on the card.

    12. Import functions now start at DBRoot folder on the currently selected server rather than the default folder chosen by Windows.

    13. Judges Cards now print the judge note associated with the class.

    14. Compact class sheets column order revised to list rider after the horse instead of owner after the horse.

    15. Payments screen has new buttons to allow printing invoices for each entry selected for a payment. This allows printing invoices before and/or after the payment has been processed.  The payment screen also has a new button "Save payment and close" to allow closing the payment screen after successfully applying the payment or to leave it open.

    16. Class verification has new button to allow marking all entries that were entered but did not show as scratched

    17. Class verification has new button to allow marking all entries that were marked as scratched but were listed on the judges card to be un-scratched.

    18. HSS now un-scratches an entry if it was previously scratched and you record a finish place for the entry in class results.

    March  25, 2011 Version 3.2011.0325

    1. Added new report "Judges cards - open breed format". This report prints judges cards, with 2 classes per page appropriate for open breed shows.

    2. Added new button to the class verification screen to allow viewing the verification log file.

    3. Added new button to class editor to allow creating a new prize group directly from class editor.

    4. Added new buttons in people editor to allow creating a new person record pre-populated with name and address fields from the current record.  This is useful when adding records for children or relatives.

    5. Corrected problem where some computers would not list the class selection in reports explorer.

    March  22, 2011 Version 3.2011.0319

    1. New scanning and document management system added.
      Scan paper documents for people, horses, classes, divisions, entries directly into HSS for digital document storage.
       
      The new HSS Document Explorer displays and prints documents that have been scanned into your show.
      Documents are stored as JPG image files for easy management and retrieval.
      Scanned documents have the date, time, computer and user name automatically superimposed on the scanned image.
      Easily retrieve and view documents for a specific entry, person, horse, class result directly from the relevant editor screen (Person editor, Class results editor etc.)
      Document Explorer can be launched from the main HSS toolbar or from the main Data menu.

      To configure your scanner in HSS, select the File / HSS Program properties and click the "Scanners and Devices" tab.  Click the "Configure scanner" button.  This will allow you to select the scanner to use and to set the resolution and other settings scan settings.  In general you should simply stick with the default settings.  You should scan in grayscale or black and white at the lowest resolution that provides and adequate image.  Selecting colour or high resolution settings will cause your scans to be needlessly large.  In most cases 100 DPI grayscale scanning is quite adequate.  Scanner capabilities vary widely so you will have to experiment to determine the best settings for your needs.

    2. Show manager has a new column "Balance".  The new column displays the current invoice balance for each entry.
      Balances are highlighted with a colour based on credit or debit balance, red for debit, green for credit and white for no balance.

    3. Show Manager has a new tab "Riders".The riders tab lists all riders in the show and all entries the rider is related to.
      The new riders tab provides a quick way to find and open entry records for any rider in the show.
      The popup menu available on the Entries tab is also available in the Riders tab.
      You can easily launch common tasks related to an entry by right clicking on the entry in the Entries tab or the Riders tab.

    4. New invoicing option allows you to render invoices to the owner, trainer or rider.
      Each entry lists all people related to an entry.  Simply highlight the person you want the invoice rendered to.
      A new option in show editor / Options tab lets you select the default "Invoice To" option to apply to new entries. 

    5. New high performance backup and restore engine added.

    6. When creating a data backup, HSS will allow you to forcibly disconnect the other users that are connected to the database  server.

    7. New option in the HSS Backup screen to allow including or excluding the document library.
      By default, the document library is included in backups.
      The document library contains all scanned documents related to the current database.

      WARNING:
      If you do NOT include the document library in the backup, then you are only backing up your database and NOT all the scanned documents. This will result in a smaller backup file, however the backup will not contain any scanned documents.

    8. Mail record creation now allows excluding people that are flagged as dormant.

    9. New report added "Class Entry Count By Division". This report is similar to the Class Entry Count report but grouped by show division.

    10. Entry editor no longer displays a warning prompt about an invoice already having been printed when changing fees / class entries.

    11. Class results report now lists the fence height and derby section for classes that have had these values over-ridden in the class results screen.

    12. Class results report now lists Horse and Rider AQHA number if present in the horse and rider record.

    13. Class results reports now includes suffix for USEF numbers for special designations EG: JAS (Joined at show).

    14. Self serve console has new page up and page down buttons to more easily scroll through the list of entries.

    15. Self serve console ring schedule printing will now only print the current and subsequent days in the schedule rather than the entire schedule.

    16. HSSserver now displays the speed and type of each active network connection on the computer.

    17. HSSserver now prominently displays the preferred IP address that clients should connect to based on speed of the connection.

    18. Stall billing report now allows a new option to exclude listing entries that have no amount or quantity billed.

    19. Class sheets printing as well as other reports that use the class selector in reports explorer now list the division for each
      class in the report selector. This allows the user to sort by division name and easily select classes within a division.

    20. New label report "Entry Labels" located in reports explorer Reports\Show\Entries folder. This report generates labels
      with basic information for each entry in the show including: Entry number, owner, trainer, horse name, sex and colour.

    21. New label report "USEF Section Codes" located in reports explorer Reports\Global\USEF Section Codes. This report lists all
      USEF section codes grouped by category.

    22. New button in Entry Editor allows creating a new owner record to use as the payee for any prize money won by the entry.

    23. Classes and Divisions grids now auto position to the new class or division record after creating a new record.

    24. Judges card reports now respect the sort selection specified in reports explorer. 
      Judges cards will now filter the classes listed to the appropriate class type (jumper or non-jumper)

    <%-- --%>

    Feb 22, 2011 Version 3.2011.0220

    1. Show Manager now provides instant switching between shows within the current database.

    2. The title in show manager changes colour depending on whether the show is current, in the past or in the future.

    3. Switching between shows from within the person editor and horse editor is now virtually instantaneous.

    4. Class schedule date is now listed in the class lists within entry editor on the Classes tab.

    5. Filter text and column selection is now retained when switching shows from within show manager.

    Feb 14, 2011 Version 3.2011.0214

    1. Added new report "Prize money offered - all shows" to reports explorer \ Global folder.  The report lists total prize money offered for each shows in the current database.
    2. Added new report "Payments - Alls Shows" report to reports explorer \ Global folder.The report lists all payments for all shows grouped by payment type.
    3. Added new report "Stall Billing Cross Tab by Trainer" report to reports explorer \ Global folder.The report provides a cross tab summary of all fees charged (amount and quantity) to each trainer where the fee code begins with STALL.
    4. Added new function to import class results from a scoreboard data file.
      Using this feature, you can easily apply the placings, faults, and times reported by the scoreboard software to each entry in the class.
      Currently supports data from scoreboards that use software from SplitSecond.com.
    5. Added new feature to paste payment information generated by Virtual Merchant's credit card payment system into the payments screen.

    6. Added new button in the payments screen to apply a payment amount across all entries listed.

    7. Added grid print function to Fee entry screen to allow printing the list of fee amounts for each entry.

    8. Self serve console now has ability to preview reports on screen as well as direct printing.

    9. Class results editor screen now applies color shading to riders. This provides a visual cue to help adjust jump order.

    10. Ring schedule settings for "Show times" and "Show Breaks" now defaults to unchecked when starting a new ring schedule for a show.

    11. New field added to classes screen allows opening a class by class number. Entering the class number automatically positions the row in the grid.Clicking the Enter key will open the class in class editor

    January 16, 2011 Version 3.2011.0115

    1. Modified USEF 2011 export to accommodate late changes in specifications received from USEF as of Jan 15, 2011.

    2. USEF section codes 12001, 12002, 12003 changed to 2001, 2002, 2003 as per USEF changes Jan 15, 2011.

    3. Class verifications can now be sent to a log file in the database folder instead of sending to the printer.
      This new feature profides a complete log of all class verifications in a single file for each show.
      The class verification log file is saved to the data folder containing the HSS database and named "ClassVerify-<Show Date>-<Show Name>.txt"

    January 4, 2011 Version 3.2011.0101

    1. New networking support provides simplified network setup.  Please refer to theHSS Networking guide(included on the start menu when you install HSS).

    2. New registration system lets you easily register shows directly using your account login credentials.  Contact our registrations deskto obtain your account login credentials. 
      The show properties page provides a new button that launches a registration wizard.  Once you have your account login information - just follow the steps to register your show after clicking the "Register show" button.

    3. Added new USEF 2011 section codes.

    4. Added support for USEF 2011 results export.

    5. Added new field "Fence height" to class results screen to support new 2011 USEF results where classes are combined and different fence heights are in effect.

    6. Added new field "Derby/Classic USEF Section code" to results screen to support new 2011 USEF results reporting.  Section codes can be manually typed into the field or selected from a list by clicking the select button in the appropriate grid cell.  This field lets you optionally select a different USEF section code for specific entries in a class subject to USEF rules.

    7. Registration wizard now automatically saves show properties immediately upon valid show registration.

    8. Manual show registration is now possible using show authorizations provided by new registration system.
      Shows can be authorized online using the show registration wizard via the internet, or manually using information emailed to the show secretary from Timeslice Technologies.

    9. Class labels and Judges card class labels now allow selection by ring.

    10. New reports added to print judges cards: Judges cards - jumper, and Judges cards - non jumper.

    11. Check export now decrypts the federal number field during export.

    12. Show's have a new flag in the options tab to indicate the show is "Dormant".
      A dormant show is excluded from the "Open show" dialogue. This flag can be used to hide a show that is invalid or should otherwise be considered as deleted.

    13. Classes grid now displays new column for class Rider Type Restriction (EG, AM, JR, PRO etc).

    14. Reports explorer / Class reports now allow input of one or more class numbers separated by spaces or commas to indicate which classes to include in the report

    15. Show Manager / Actions menu / Move entries, now allows input of class numbers in addition to selection from dropdowns.

    16. Equine Canada data connection updated to reflect new server location in use by EC.

    17. Compact circuit points reports (Global and Current show) now list horse size (Small / Medium / Large / N/A)

    May 9, 2010 Version 3.2010.0509

    1. Added new USEF section codes.

    2. Corrected problem with Suspect payee tax number report.

    April 25, 2010 Version 3.2010.0425

    1. USEF results export now fills the appropriate 'Affiliate number' fields with the number recorded in the person / horse record's "Association Number" field if there is no USEF number recorded for the person / horse.

    2. When copying data from a USEF lookup into a rider's record, the amateur status (Amateur, Junior, Pro) is copied from the USEF lookup.

    3. USEF Validation now supports synchronizing riders' Amateur/Junior/Pro status with USEF data.

    April 19, 2010 Version 3.2010.0419

    1. Updated DotNet registration utility for Windows 7 / 64bit machines to enable USEF, Equine Canada, and HSSorg connectivity in a 64 bit environment.

    April 5, 2010 Version 3.2010.0405

    1. Compact circuit points reports now display the rider type (IE: AM/JR/PRO) beside the rider name.

    2. New USEF section code added, 3011 Green Pony Hunter.\

    3. Accelerator keys (ALT-N, and ALT-E) now launch the prize group editor when pressed while viewing the Prize Group grid.

    4. Classes grid in show manager now displays the scheduled date for each class..

    February 16, 2010 Version 3.2010.0216

    1. Uploading to HSSorg points system is now simplified. Association ID can now simply be entered in the upload form
      regardless of the association ID saved in the show's properties.

    2. Class labels and judges card class labels can now be printed for a specific date range based on the date the class is scheduled in the ring schedule.
      The labels include the schedule information in small print.
      Labels may be sorted by class number only or by ring name + schedule date + start time.
      Labels for classes that are not scheduled (IE: included in the ring schedule) may be included / excluded.

    3. Pasting text from the clipboard into single line text fields now strips illegal characters (EG: line feeds)

    4. USEF export now only outputs rider status type to column for dressage classes and outputs blank for all other class/division types. Minor changes to the rider type output mapping: Pro now outputs as Pro and blank output blank.

    January 14, 2010 Version 3.2010.0114

    1. Combine entries from two classes:
      A new wizard on Show Manager's "Actions" menu allows moving all or selected entries from one class into another. 
      This is a great way to combine entries from two classes into a single class.

    2. Mail list records (Data menu / Mail records) now exports the email address in addition to the other fields.

    3. Commas in names and other fields are now stripped from scoreboard export files.

    January 5, 2010 Version 3.2010.0102

    1. Shortened the description of "Fee Entry" on toolbar to allow it to fit on smaller screens.

    2. Riders with a blank rider type (EG: JR, Am, PRO) are now checked for class violations when saving an entry.

    3. Rider's amateur status ("AM", "JR") is now copied into the rider's record when you do a USEF lookup and choose to copy the USEF information into the rider's record.

    4. Resolved problem importing classes from other shows that contained sibling classes.

    5. Updated 1099 tax form printing to display unencrypted federal number.

    6. Added new report "USEF Non-Members Report". The new report is located in reports explorer in the Show\Entries folder.
      The USEF non-members reports lists all people (riders, trainers, owners) that have an entry in the show and the person has been flagged as "NONMEMBER" or if they have no USEF number or special flag recorded

    7. Added new report "Class Entry Exceptions" report. The new report is located in reports explorer in the Show\General folder. 
      The Class Entry Exceptions report lists entries that have certain problems.
      Example: Horse measurement missing, Rider not selected, Rider type doesn't match class rider type restriction etc.

    8. Added USEF "FEDERATION ENTRY AGREEMENT Effective 12/1/09" boilerplate text to bottom of the trainer add/scratch form. The trainer add/scratch form is generated from the self serve terminal OR by right clicking an entry in show manager and selecting "Trainer Add/Scratch" form.
      NOTE: The text will only print if the "Governing Body" for the show is set to "USEF" in the show's properties page (IE: File/Change current show properties, "Governing Body" tab).

    December 12, 2009 Version 3.2009.1212

    1. Added new USEF section codes

    2. Added support for USEF 2010 electronic results export.

    3. Added new flags to classes for "Amateur only", and "Rider Type Restriction" to restrict entry in the class to a specific type of rider, and to require a non-blank horse measurement for horses in the class.
      When entering into a class with restrictions show manager will warn you if the horse measurement is missing or if the rider type doesn't match the class's rider type restriction

    4. Classes tab in entry editor now displays the Amateur only and Measurement Required column for each class.

    5. Show manager width increased to provide more display area for grids and USEF status grid.

    6. Show manager now check and enforces selection of a rider for each class entered.

    7. Show manager now enforces horse measurement and rider type for each class entered by an entry based on the flags set in the class's record.

    8. Federal Number field (IE: SSN / SIN ) data is now encrypted in the database tables for added security.

    9. HSS now detects if the tax settings (rate, percent etc) have been changed and if so re-computes all invoices.

    10. "PRO" added to list of rider type selections in rider edit screen.

    11. "Class Entry Count" report now displays count of total entries, scratched entries, and net entry count in each class as well as grand total of all columns.

    12. "Class results - Compact" report now lists the number of entries that competed.

    13. Metric jump height now reports to 2 decimal places in USEF export.

    October 14, 2009 Version 3.2009.1014

    1. Corrected problem where prize analysis report did not display page numbers.

    2. Corrected problem where prize analysis report displayed only a blank page.

    September 16, 2009 Version 3.2009.916

    1. New fields added to scoreboard export: Trainer name, Owner city, Owner prov/state, Rider City, Rider Prov/State

    2. OEF number field added to owner, trainer and rider records.

    3. New division / class type added "DRIVING"

    4. Corrected problem where points reports would fail if show name contained an apostrophe. 

    July 22, 2009 Version 3.2009.722

    1. Added new field OEF number (Ontario Equine Federation)
    2. Added new field "EC Add Code" to horses, owners, riders, trainers to indicate why a horse / person has been recorded at an EC show without an EC SLN number or Passport number. When an entry doesn't have an EC SLN / Passport, an EC Add code can be used in order to submit results to Equine Canada to indicate the reason for the missing SLN or passport number.
    3. EC results submission now uses the FEI number in lieu of an EC passport number for a horse.
    4. EC Lookups now highlight in red if the Passport or SLN number are invalid.
    5. EC Lookups now highlight in red if the horse name or person's last name do not match Equine Canada's record.
    6. USEF lookups now highlight in red if the horse name or person's name do not match USEF record.
    7. Fee entry screen has new global qty/amount option to Divide and Add qty/amount evenly against all entries.
    8. Fee entry screen has a new button "Apply change and close" to save the changes and then close the screen.
    9. USEF status in show manager has been expanded to display more information.
    10. Fee comparison by trainer report puts entry number and horse name on same line to save paper.

    July 12, 2009 Version 3.2009.712

    1. New ability to jump between shows has been added by double clicking the desired show and entry from the horse or person's "Show History" tab in the horse or person editor screens. This action will
      automatically open the selected show and the corresponding entry in show manager.
    2. Updated Equine Canada export to handle export of classes with no entries.
    3. Added new report "Reports/Show/Entries/Class sheets - compact". This new report lists entries grouped by ring schedule date, ring and class. This is similar to class sheets but consumes only about 1/3 the amount of paper.
    4. Fee by trainer comparison report now includes the owner name as well as entry number and horse name.
    5. Show manager has two new selections on the Right Click popup menu: Fees by Trainer and Fees by Owner that take you directly to the fee splitting / entry screen for all entries for the selected owner or trainer.
    6. Fee entry by owner trainer rider screen now displays summary of quantities and quantity changes in addition to the amount changes.
    7. Fee entry by owner/trainer/rider screen now has ability to apply a quantity or fee amount to all entries listed. Further, the quantity or amount can be simply applied, added to the existing value or split evenly across all the entries listed.
    8. Corrected minor problem in fee entry by owner screen that omitted values for the first entry listed.
    9. Grid print button removed from Cheques screen due to grid problems when printing.
    10. Equine Canada passport and sport licence number fields now enforce numeric only values to ensure data sent to EC is valid. EC only uses numbers - no alphabetical or other characters are permitted.

    June 25, 2009 Version 3.2009.625

    1. Updated USEF section codes
    2. Added new breeds: Gypsy Vanner, Spotted Draft, Connemara, Chincoteague Pony, Carriage Driving (for NC State Fair)
    3. Report "General / Attendees at show" now lists email address for people listed.
    4. Report "Entries / horse owner trainer rider report" now lists horse / person's Association Number field
    5. Mailing address on invoices is now more compact and easy to read and place in a window envelope.
    6. Ring Schedule report may now be printed for a specified date range when launched from reports explorer.
      Previously, the ring schedule report would always print all events for all days of the show.
    7. Added "Discover card" to payment types
    8. Payment entry screen is now more intuitive and doesn't reset entries when tabbing away from the "Add entry" textbox.
    9. When adding new classes, the jumper height unit now defaults to "METERS" instead of "INCHES".
    10. The two reports "Show\Results\Class results" and "Show\Results\Class results - compact" have a new checkbox option to "Exclude scratched entries".
      When this filter is checked, an entry will be excluded from the report if they are flagged as scratched in the class.
    11. Modified Circuit points (Compact) report - it is now more compact through the use of smaller fonts and elimination of the street address for the owners listed.
    12. Updated USEF validation and lookup engine to utilize new USEF web service (Requires Dot Net 2).
    13. Show manager / Classes screen has a new text field that lets you enter a class number to select the class.
      Pressing the enter key will open the class results screen for the currently selected class in the grid.
      When the class results screen is closed, input focus is placed on the grid. Its now easy to simply hit the down arrow on the keyboard and the enter key to open the results screen for the next class.
    14. Added new USEF status function to Entry Editor that lets you quickly determine the status (IE: Suspended, Active/Inactive member) of the owner, trainer, riders and horse for the entry that is open.
    15. USEF Results export now saves the exported results file into a ZIP file. This drastically reduces the size of the file you have to send to USEF and also resolves problem USEF is experiencing with corrupt email attachments.
    16. Added new show setting "New entries start last in class by default" to control whether new entries added to a class default to going first or last in the starting order.
    17. Added new field to Equine Canada section in Show Properties / Governing Organizations to record the EC upload password used for uploading the show's results to Equine Canada.
    18. Made USEF colour darker on USEF Suspensions report to improve visibility on printouts.
    19. Show manager now includes the USEF number OR Equine Canada number of owner, horse and trainer in the list of entries. HSS decides on whether to use the USEF or EC number based on the "Governing Body" setting in the show's properties.
    20. New Equine Canada lookup buttons in the Horse edit screen and People edit screen allow real time lookup of horse and individual information (Internet access required).
    21. Class editor Equine Canada drop downs (EC Class, EC Class Type, and EC Sanction level) now list only the class types and sanction levels appropriate for the selected EC class.
    22. Equine Canada classes and class types have been updated to be current with EC as of 2009-06-19
    23. New Equine Canada results submission wizard easily validates entry data and directly transmits the results to Equine Canada. (Internet access is required.)
    24. New screen added "Fee entry by owner, trainer, rider" allows updating a fee for multiple entries, selecting from all entries for an owner, trainer or rider. You can also manually specify one or more entries by specifying the entry number. The screen displays the current quantity and amount for each entry and provides fields to enter the new quantity / amount.
    25. Added new "USEF Lookup" screen. The screen can be launched from the USEF menu or from the toolbar.  The USEF lookup screen lets you enter a USEF number and query the USEF database to view the data for the person / horse associated with the number. (Internet access required).

    Jan 01, 2009 Version 3.2009.101

    1. Added new USEF section codes for 2009
    2. USEF Lookup updated to display new fields from USEF (EG: Affiliate memberships such as USHJA)
    3. Support added for charging IHP fee - Make sure to fill in the IHP fee amount ($35) in the show properties, set appropriate tax flags and set the "IHP Class" checkbox for classes that are subject to IHP fees.  The IHP fee is charged to each entry if the entry is entered into any class that has been flagged as requiring the IHP fee.  The IHP fee is only charged one time per entry per show even if the entry is in multiple classes with the IHP Fee Required flag.
    4. Jumper levels have been changed to jumper height expressed in inches or meters as per USEF changes. Existing records are converted using the USEF jumper level to jumper height conversion table.
    5. Classes grid now displays new columns: Jumper height, IHP required.
    6. USEF Electronic results output updated for 2009 format.
    7. USEF Electronic results now exclude entries that are marked as scratched (but still billed an entry fee).
    8. The entry count reported in USEF Electronic results export will now use the value in the "No. Competed" field in the class results "Basic" tab if it is greater than zero, otherwise the actual count of entries (minus scratched entries) in the class will be used. In prior versions the override value (IE: No. Competed) was ignored and the actualentry count was used.
    9. New feature on USEF menu "USEF Suspensions":
      Use this screen to list all entries in a show that have a suspended owner, trainer, rider or horse.
      The screen optionally lists entries that have an invalid owner, trainer, rider, or horse USEF number.
      You have the option to print the list
    10. Payments screen has new button "Reset Payments" which clears all payments to zero. Normally HSS automatically
      enters the assumed payment amount for each entry for the trainer, owner, rider. Use the new button to reset
      the values to zero so you can easily enter split payments as needed.
    11. Payments screen now lets you sort the payments by clicking the grid header columns. This lets you easily
      sort the grid by horse or other field to see related entries for easier entry of payment splits.
    12. Payments screen now lets you manually select any entry to make a payment against - just type in the entry number in the new field.
    13. Payments screen has a new field to enter a specific fee code into. When a fee is specified, the payments list will display
      an extra column that shows the total for the specified fee for each entry in the payments list.
    14. Equine Canada Export now allows exporting all class types rather than a single class type.
    15. New Equine Canada class type #17 "Junior Amateur" added to EC class types.
    16. New Report added: "Reports\Show\General\Alphabetic Running List". Same as Numeric running list but sorted by horse name.
    17. New Report added: "Reports\Show\Results\Class Results - Compact". Same as class results report with with less information allowing the report to use considerably less paper (EG 37 pages rather than 200).
    18. Province / State field is now required in show editor.
    19. Jump order behaviour change:
      When entries are added to a class, they are moved into starting position 1 rather than the last position. The starting  position for existing entries in the class is incremented by 1 to make room for the new entry in the class.
    20. "Exclude from Email" column added to Owner, Rider, Trainer grid edit screens.
    21. USEF Validation returns to initial wizard page after a successful save rather than re-querying USEF and reloading the same records.
    22. Mail labels now sort based on the column selected for sorting in the mail records grid.  Click on the heading you want to sort by before selecting and printing the labels.

    May 20, 2008 Version 3.2008.514

    1. Added new AHA Show number field to main show information.
    2. Added new field AHA Class number field to classes for Arabian Horse Association Class numbers
    3. Added new AHA Results export function on new AHA main menu. This function exports class results for submission to AHA. The horse and rider AHA number fields are expected to be found in the Horse and Rider "Assoc No" field.
    4. Added new field "Dormant" to global fees. Dormant fee records are excluded when importing fees into a new show.
    5. Added new USEF NO Suffix drop down field to horse and people records.  The suffix (if any) is added to the USEF Export results as part of the USEF number for owner, rider, trainer, horse. The possible suffix values are: NRO=Not recorded owner , PEND=Pending, JAS=Joined at show.

    Apr 03, 2008 Version 3.2008.403

    1. Added new USEF section codes 4701 and 3030.

    2. Corrected problem with USEF lookup screen sporadic crash.

    3. USEF Validation of horses excludes barn accounts.

    4. USEF Validation of horses now displays first entry number for the horse in the show.

    Mar 03, 2008 Version 3.2008.301

    1. Class result save performance has been optimized. Previously HSS regenerated invoices for every entry in a class. In this version invoices are only regenerated for entries where the placing of the entry has changed AND the show is set to print results on the invoices or prize money is applied to invoices or if there is add-back money.

    2. Numeric running list has been compressed The same information should now print on much less paper.

    3. Stall billing report has been compressed The same information should now print on much less paper.

    4. When printing class sheets, the list of classes in reports explorer now lists the ring and date for the class (if scheduled) and sorts in order of Date, Ring, Class number. This provides a convenient way to select class sheets using a more intuitive selection.

    Feb 17, 2008 Version 3.2008.217

    1. Classes screen in show manager now has a button to directly go to class verification

    2. Classes screen in show manager has new right click popup menu to access various functions (Results entry, Class verification)

    3. Class results report launched from comp results screen / menu now defaults to printing only placing entries instead of all entries.

    4. Support added for connecting / uploading results to HSSorg system.

    5. New flag added to classes to indicate if class is a "Model class".

    6. New "Points Division" field added to classes and divisions. This is the division code that points are grouped in by HSSorg on points reports. The field defaults to the selection made for "USEF Section code".

    7. Winnings by payee report now suppresses class and show winnings details. Drill down support is provided.

    Sep 27, 2007 Version 3.5.203

    1. Corrected problem in ring schedule report that would count 1 extra entry in the total entry count for a day/ring if a class had no entries.

    2. AssocNo field added to Horses, Owners, Trainers, Riders grids.

    3. Horse validation to USEF system should now work again.

    4. Class results report now has option to include non-placing entries on report.

    Aug 12, 2007 Version 3.5.201

    1. Added new breeds: Half Andalusian, Shetland Pony, Fox Trotting Horse

    2. Added accelerator keys (IE: ALT + Underlined letter key puts focus on a screen item) to Division Editor to allow changing between Classes and Division tab.

    3. Added accelerator keys (IE: ALT + Underlined letter key puts focus on a screen item) to Show manager to allow changing between Entries, Classes and Division tabs.

    4. "Judge note" field added to classes grid.

    5. "Jumper table" field added to classes grid.

    6. "Judge note" field in classes added to Divisions grid.

    7. Class labels now print the jumper level and jumper table if either of those fields is not blank.

    8. Horse editor has new tab that displays all shows the horse has been entered in any of the shows in the database.

    9. Corrected problem where a new show didn't have the show year populated automatically which would prevent saving.

    July 10, 2007 Version 3.5.200

    1. Added support for exporting results to Equine Canada.  Equine Canada (EC) requires you to use EC's program named "SECRET" to submit results to EC. A new menu in HSS provides a function to export show information to a file that can be imported into SECRET.  Import the file into SECRET using SECRET's "Generic ALL (Secret)" import selection.  Use SECRET to validate, modify and submit the result information to Equine Canada after importing the file from HSS and making any additional changes as required in SECRET.

    2. New field for EC Class Type field added to class editor

    3. Classes grid now displays the add back amount for each class in a new column.

    4. Class results screen has a new column to record dressage total percentage.

    5. Class records have new field to record "Table" for jumper classes. Class records have a new checkbox to flag if the class is subject to USEF IHP fees.

    6. Added new "Show Year" field to show properties to allow designating which year the show falls into for the governing organization.

    7. Rider records have a new field to record USEF IHP Fee Paid status for riders. It can be blank (indicating unknown or unpaid), LIFE, or the most current year fees were paid.  "IHP Fee paid" is passed to USEF Results submissions as "Y" if this field is "LIFE" OR if the year recorded int he field is greater or equal to the "Show year" recorded in the show record.

    8. New report "Entries \ Rider IHP Status" lists the IHP Dues paid status for riders entered in a class in the show that requires IHP Dues.

    9. Sponsor text for each class is now listed in the classes grid.

    May 15, 2007 Version 3.5.196

    1. Arabian section codes added.

    2. Section code picker has new category filter.

    Feb 25, 2007 Version 3.5.195

    1. Payee name is now printed on invoices in top right area.

    2. USEF lookups for individuals displays new fields:
      Affiliated memberships, Membership Year, Date Searched (if returned from USEF system).

    3. Divisions grid can now be exported to a tab delimited text file.

    4. Invoices now show the print date rather than last invoice update date in top right corner of the invoice.

    Jan 26, 2007 Version 3.5.193

    1. Added new breeds.

    2. Corrected spelling for some breeds.

    3. Added warning reminder to manually email results to USEF.

    4. Changing tax status of a global fee will now regenerate invoices if required.

    5. Horses grid now displays horse dormant status.

    Dec 9, 2006 Version 3.5.190

    1. Updated USEF section codes as per USEF 2007 specifications

    2. USEF Section picker now defaults to most recently chosen section code instead of jumping to top of list

    3. The help/about screen displays the DBrev level to assist in diagnostics.

    Nov 18, 2006 Version 3.5.183

    1. The close multiple classes screen now displays the prize group associated with each class.  This makes it easy to close classes for only a selected list of classes based on their prize group.

    Sep 20, 2006 Version 3.5.182

    1. Class sheets now include the Rider's number.

    2. Corrected problem where an error would occur when "Update and New" was clicked in Class editor while on the Judges tab.

    3. Corrected problem where an error would occur under certain circumstances when Jump order editor changes were saved

    Mar 22, 2006 Version 3.5.181

    1. HSS is now more tolerant of problems with the USEF database server during USEF validation via the web.

    Mar 7, 2006 Version 3.5.180

    1. Updated network support for Windows XP Service Pack 2.

    2. New report added "Reports/Global/Winnings by Payee - all shows". This report displays all prize money awarded based on the payee of the entry (rather than the owner). The report is grouped by year.

    Jan 19, 2006 Version 3.5.152

    1. Checks now print show name even on cash checks. Show name now printed in stubs also.

    2. Horse editor rounds to nearest 1/8 inch instead of the nearest 1/4 inch when editing or tabbing through the height in the inches field.

    3. 1099s are now generated based on the actual prize money awarded (excludes add back money) rather than money paid out on prize money checks since some shows don't print prize money checks or apply the prize money against invoices.

    4. Improved the tab order in the Riders tab of entry editor. The first field on the rider tab that gets focus is now the last name filter field.

    Oct 30, 2005 Version 3.5.151

    1. Ring scheduler now prints from self serve console.

    2. Jump order editor now displays Type, Height (hands), Sex, Breed of horse.

    3. Added now payment types "PRIZE" and "REFUND" to the selection list for payment types.

    4. Horses grid has new filter for horse name. This augments the existing drop down filter.

    5. The horses, owners, trainers, riders grids now allow ALT-X to be pressed to clear the current filter.

    6. Corrected tool tip in Horse editor that indicated 6 inches per hand instead of 4 inches per hand.

    7. USEF Results export now includes the Horses' "AssocNo" field in USEF Breed Registry field in the export file.

    Aug 17, 2005 Version 3.5.148

    1. Circuit points reports now use the "Limit to n" topmost ranked records in the reports.

    July 26, 2005 Version 3.5.147

    1. The "Reset" buttons on the owners, riders, horses, trainers grids now respond to an "ALT-E" keyboard shortcut to clear the search filter.
    2. A new report "Entry file cards" has been added to "Reports\Show\Entries" in reports explorer.  This report prints on Avery 5389 laser post cards or equivalent 6x4 file cards.
      For each entry in the current show, a card is printed including: horse, owner, and trainer details and the list of classes the entry is entered into for the current show.

    July 24, 2005 Version 3.5.146

    1. The "rider id" number on jump order report has been removed as it was unnecessary.
    2. A problem importing owners in version 3.5.145 has been corrected.
    3. Horse editor now displays height in both hands and inches. You can enter the height in either format.
    4. Show manager has a new field for doing a progressive search by horse name in the "All horses" list in addition to the recently added horse name drop down.

    July 12, 2005 Version 3.5.145

    1. The 3 remark lines on the top part of checks have been moved to the right of the payee name and address information to avoid overprinting preprinted information on the check.
    2. Added new USEF section code "6110 - USEF Talent search" to USEF section codes
    3. Added several new horse breeds to breeds list.
    4. Show manager now uses a drop down list to allow selection of the all horses filter by the first character of the horses' name. This dramatically improves performance for databases with a large number of horse records (eg: over 10000 horses).
    5. Horses grid now uses a drop down list to filter horses by the first character of the horses' name. This dramatically improves performance for databases with a large number of horse records.
    6. The old report named "USAE Results report" has been renamed "Grand Prix Jumper Report" to more clearly identify the report's true purpose.
    7. A problem importing classes, divisions, fees, prizes from an earlier show where classes had been deleted but still existed in the ring scheduler has been corrected.

    June 6, 2005 Version 3.5.143

    1. Added a new tab to the "People Editor" that displays the person's activity at all shows in the database. Each row in the list displays what the person's activity at the show was (IE: owner, trainer, rider), the show name and date, and the entry number and name.

    2. Added support for scheduling order of go at the class level. A new tab is available in class editor that provides tools and settings for easily defining the start times for each starting position in the class.

    3. Jump order report (Reports\Show\Entries) now displays schedule information.

    4. New reports added under "Reports\Show\Entries\Schedule".

    5. Ring schedule report is now available from new "Reports\Show\Entries\Schedule" folder in reports explorer.

    6. Ring schedule report now lists the number of scratched entries and the net number of entries in the totals for a day/ring. Classes flagged as "Under saddle" are not included in the counts.

    7. The new rider schedule report will highlight riders that are scheduled in events closer than 60 minutes apart. You can change the minutes setting as required.

    8. More room allotted to Rider USEF number on class results report.

    9. New options to hide columns in results editor to allow more room for other columns.

    10. Results editor now highlights scratched entries in red.

    11. Class sheets now list the start time for classes that have a schedule defined.

    12. Class sheets now sort entries by start time and then entry number. If the class doesn't use a schedule then the entries are listed sorted by entry number (as before).

    13. Entry editor now displays the current owner address information when "Payee is owner" is checked. This enhances your ability to proof owner records while editing their entry records.

    14. Corrected problem where division editor would sometimes set the division type to blank when creating a new division.

    15. Corrected problem where reporting would crash if a report viewer window was closed before the report had completed processing.

    16. Corrected problem where "Update and New" in Class editor would occasionally fail.

    May 12, 2005 Version 3.5.100

    1. The "File/Import Classes, Divisions, Fees, Prizes" feature now imports the ring schedule.  With this new ability you can easily create a "template" show that includes the schedule.
    2. Added "B" as a selection for "Division rating" in division editor.
    3. Added new class and division type for "Halter".
    4. Added new field to Division editor to record a note to judges to print on division labels.
    5. Score in class results now supports 3 decimal places.
    6. New report available from Show Manager "Rider Summary". This report lists the placings and class entry fees for each rider in the selected entry. Try a RIGHT click on the entry to launch this report.
    7. New report added "Horse breeds in show". Located at Reports\Show\General.
    8. New report added "Judges card division labels". Located at Reports\Show\General.
    9. Classes report updated.
    10. New fields added to a variety of records to provide support for Equine Canada sanctioned shows and FEI shows.
    11. Owners, Trainers, Riders, and Horses grids now list new fields for EC (Equine Canada) and FEI passport numbers.
    12. Equine Canada Class No. field added to class editor and classes grid.
    13. A new checkbox in the show properties named "Hide invoice warnings" lets you turn off the warning that gets printed on the invoice for missing USEF and EC numbers.

    April 23, 2005 Version 3.4.228

    1. Added class selection to the two reports “Class entry counts” and “Class entry count - detailed”.

    April 21, 2005 Version 3.4.227

    1. Check printing layout has been adjusted slightly to more accurately match the NEBS LT111C layout and NEBS 775 envelope. The checks now print the "Payable To" name directly beside that position on the checks. The name is repeated in the mailing address to correctly show through the window envelope.
    2. Payment entry function has a new selection to allow selection of invoices based on rider. Previously you could select by owner or trainer only.
    3. Payment entry function has a new column that lists the number or riders associated with an entry. 
    4. Payment entry function now only loads owners, trainers and riders into the drop down list if they are associated with an entry in the show.  For multi show databases this reduces the number of people listed in the drop down.
    5. New links on the help and internet menu open your web browser at the HSS web site to check for program updates.

    Apr 14, 2005 Version 3.4.225

    1. A new set of points reports are available from reports explorer at:Reports \ Show \ Results \ Points
      The reports operate exactly like the global circuit points reports but are limited to only the currently open show. You still must define the circuit and circuit points divisions as you normally would. Furthermore, you must ensure the show is set to participate in circuit points in the show's settings
    2. The global circuit points reports now show the list of shows that are included in the report and points computations on the cover page.
    3. A new small "X" button is available now in the class editor and division editor to all setting the USEF section number to nothing. You can also manually delete the section numbers to clear the setting.
    4. The results field for "Score" now supports up to 3 decimal places.

    Mar 21, 2005 Version 3.4.224

    1. When entering a class filter in the "Classes" tab of the entry editor, classes that have the text you enter in ANY part of the class name will be listed. Previously only classes that BEGAN with the entered text were listed.
    2. New report added "Judges card labels". The labels are similar to class labels, except the labels include the information recorded in a class's "Judge notes" field.
    3. Stall billing report no longer lists a grand total dollar amount or trainer subtotal dollar amount. This is to prevent display of sensitive financial information.
    4. Class results report now lists the show date and location.
    5. Windows XP Networking guide updated.

    Feb 11, 2005 Version 3.4.223

    1. Added new report "Attendees by category and association number". The report is located in reports explorer under \Reports\Show\General\. The reports lists Owners, Riders and Trainers that participated in the current show. It further groups each of these categories into people with and without an association number. This report is useful when determining special charges and actions for non association members.
    2. Added new report "USEF Sections". This report lists all the divisions and classes in the show grouped by USEF section. Non-USEF classes and divisions are excluded from the report.
    3. A problem with XP Home and the database restore wizard has been corrected. Previously a "bad folder" name was being logged and the restore failed under certain conditions.

    Feb 10, 2005 Version 3.4.222

    1. New "Jump order editor" feature added to the class results screen. Use the jump order editor to easily change the starting order for entries in the class.
    2. Added USEF section code and description to the Divisions grid
    3. Added USEF section code and description to the classes grid
    4. When exporting results to USEF, HSS will now warn you if you attempt to classes or divisions that do not have a USEF section code specified.

    Jan 30, 2005 Version 3.4.221

    1. New main menu item named "USEF" has USEF related functions and features.
    2. New USEF Validation feature provides features to compare and update your owner, trainer, rider, and horse records based on the USEF database. This feature uses the internet to obtain up to the minute information from USEF.  The USEF validation screen shows your information AND the USEF information and highlights fields that are different. Fields that are not the same as
      the USEF records can be updated using a button in the highlighted fields.
    3. New USEF tab added to show properties screen for USEF fields.
    4. New field "USEF ZONE" field added to show properties. ZONE Must be filled in to allow submission of results to USEF.
    5. The Horse editor and the People editor have a USEF query button beside the USEF number field. When you click the button, HSS contacts USEF via the internet and retrieves the information for the horse or person. You can optionally copy some of the USEF fields into your records using the "Copy info" button in the query window. This feature requires internet access.
    6. Support added for USEF Sections and submission of electronic results in new 2005 USEF e-results format.
    7. Divisions grid now lists the USEF section assigned to a division.
    8. Classes grid now lists the USEF section assigned to a class.
    9. 1099 management screen now allows export of the 1099 records.
    10. New field added to Division editor to allow assigning a USEF section number to a division. The USEF Section assigned to a division becomes the default section assigned to NEW classes that you create in a division. You can override the USEF section directly in each class. For USEF classes you MUST assign a section code to allow electronic submissions of results to USEF.
    11. New field added to Class editor to allow assigning a USEF section number to a class. For USEF classes you MUST assign a section code to allow electronic submissions of results to USEF.
    12. A Date of Birth field is now recorded for owners and trainers
    13. Fixed problem where change to zip code in checks screen would not save.
    14. The report "Reports \ Global \ Winnings by owner - All shows" now provides a grand total on the last page.
    15. Add new report "Reports \ Show \ Entries \Entries - horse owner trainer rider".  The report lists the name, address and USEF number for owners, trainers, riders associated with each entry. The horse is also listed

    Dec 14, 2004 Version 3.4.219

    1. HSS now recomputes all invoices for a show when the nomination fee is changed in the show's settings.
    2. A new button is located beside the USEF number field in horse editor and people editor. This button lets you do a real time lookup of the specified USEF number in the online USEF database. You must be connected to the internet for this to work.
    3. Added new report "Prize recipient mailing labels" in the Show/General folder of reports explorer. A label is printed for each POTENTIAL prize recipient in the show. The addressee is either the name and address of the owner or the alternate payee specified in the show entry records if one is specified.

    Aug 02, 2004 Version 3.4.215

    1. Pressing Ctrl-Enter (Update and prompt) in entry editor now saves checkbox fields correctly.
    2. Problem where CPU utilization would go to 100% and make HSS appear to freeze when scrolling to end of classes list in Show Manager corrected with IGUltraGrid20.ocx build 053
    3. Added the horses USEF number and the owners USEF number to entry results report
    4. Class sheets now display print date AND print time.
    5. Fees by trainer report now lists fees across top and entries
      vertically.
    6. Invoice balances by owner and Invoice balances by trainer reports now totalize
      for each group.
    7. Credit card payment types for credit cards in payment entry drop downs are no longer prefixed with "CC-" to make data entry more efficient.

    June 30, 2004 Version 3.4.211

    1. Fixed problem importing divisions, classes, fees, and prize groups.
    2. SQL queries now removing leading blank lines to prevent a query error.

    June 24, 2004 Version 3.4.210

    1. Ring scheduler report now supports multiple rings on the same day with the same name but that start at different times. Although this is not recommended the report will now correctly print the ring schedule. Normally you should define only the true rings. When you need to have a new start time in the ring, simply drag in the new "Time" tag or sufficient break tags to set the next starting time in the ring.
    2. Fixed a problem where fee editor would not save a fee amount greater than $0.00
    3. Added more horse breeds
    4. You can now delete all payments from the payments grid for an entry.
    5. When entering payments in entry editor, the column order in the payments grid has changed slightly. Default values are automatically inserted for the payment when you begin entering the amount of the payment.
    6. The "Pay From" field in Entry editor's payment grid is now a drop down combo that lets you select from owner, trainer, or alternate prize payee for the entry if one has been specified OR you can type in the payer name if desired.

    June 20, 2004 Version 3.4.209

    1. In Entry editor / Classes tab, you can now enter the name of the class in the class name filter text. When you press the "Enter" key, the entry will be entered into all the matching classes.
    2. Class sheets show riders name as first / last name instead of last/first.
    3. Class sheets now print sponsor and judge notes if entered for a class.
      Class sheets now print the trainer's barn name.
    4. Class verification printouts now display the class name and number instead of the old "competition information".
    5. Corrected inability to create a new show if the HSS telephone number for program is longer than 20 characters.
    6. Mailing label alignment moved vertically down 1 line.
    7. Added support for importing owners, trainers, and riders from an EMG Dataflex database. Although built into HSS, this feature requires assistance from Timeslice.
    8. Removed obsolete checkbox column in divisions grid.
    9. Circuit points settings added to "Data" menu.
    10. Invoices now print a warning message when the Horse USEF No. or Owner USEF no. or Payee federal number is missing.
    11. Billing address placement on invoices moved slightly to fit window envelopes.
    12. Report change: "Entries by Division" has new columns "Entries under saddle" and "Net entries" in each division to assist in computing the number of trips.
    13. Mail records now let you create mailing list records for a single show instead of all shows. The Mail records feature provides the ability to export the record list to Microsoft Excel. You can use Microsoft office products to do mail merges and labels.
    14. Invoice balances by entry report now lists prize money applied to invoices.
    15. New report: Invoice balances by owner - sorts and totalizes by owner.
    16. New report: Invoice balances by trainer - sorts and totalizes by trainer.
    17. New report: Fees by trainer - entry comparison. The report summarizes the fees charged to each entry for a trainer in a cross-tab table. Select this report from show manager by right clicking on an entry. You can also select the report from reports explorer to see the report for all trainers.
    18. New report: Attendees at show - Lists owners, trainers, riders participating in current show (Reports / Show / General)
    19. New report: Attendees at show (Labels) - print mailing labels for owners, trainers, riders that
      participated in current show. (Reports / Show / General). Uses Avery 5262 labels or equivalent.
    20. Ring scheduler now respects setting to show/hide times when printed from reports explorer
    21. Self serve console has a new "Classes" tab. Users can view class information and print results for a selected class.
    22. Report change: Show analysis report and Show analysis report (summarized) now include prize money credited against an entry's invoice.
    23. Report change: Check reconcile report now groups and summarizes by check.
    24. Report change: Suspect payee tax numbers report now groups by Payee and displays the prize amount. Entries that do not have prize money are now excluded from the report.
    25. Checks: Option to print mailing labels instead of checks from checks function.
    26. Import divisions, classes, fees, prizes now displays the date of the shows in the show selection drop down.
    27. New database restore from backup featureuses a wizard interface to restore HSS databases from a previous backup.  Users can see the shows that are in the archived database prior to restoring to ensure they are restoring the correct database.  The source location can be any drive / folder containing a zip file with a valid HSS.MDB file in it.  The destination to restore to can be any PC on the LAN that has HSS installed and up to date.  The destination folder can be the default folder or a new folder.  If the destination exists, HSS automatically makes a backup of the current folder contents and places the HSSbackup.zip file in the Backups folder on the target machine.
    28. Checks now display the show name under the payee address as well as entry number and name.
    29. Classes can now be deleted using the new "Delete" button in class editor.  Classes cannot be deleted if the class is closed or contains any show entries.
    30. Divisions can now be deleted using the new "Delete" button in division editor.  Divisions cannot be deleted if the division contains any classes.
    31. Support added to export raw check data in fixed length field format from the checks screen. (North Carolina state uses this format).  All checks are exported except voided checks.
    32. Support added to export raw check data in tab delimited field format from the checks screen.  All checks are exported except voided checks.
    33. Fee editor now allows you to put a negative amount in as the default amount for a global fee. This allows setting up a "credit" type of fee.
    34. Fee editor has new up/down control to increment decrement quantity.
    35. Fee editor warns of adding a credit fee with a non-zero quantity is attempted.
    36. Show manager right click on entry has new "Open" entry options for jumping directly to an entry's various information tabs: Classes, Fees, Payments, Riders.
    37. Entry editor's Fees grid has a new column "QtyChange". A number entered in this column is added to the current quantity for the fee. This allows you to easily increase (or decrease with a negative value) the current quantity of the fee without having to do the math. Great for fees like "Shavings" where you need to continually update the quantity throughout the show.

    Mar 14, 2004 Version 3.4.207

    1. Corrected minor problem with horse height not always rounding correctly
    2. Jumper level field for classes now supports additional selections: R,N,I for "Regional, National, International" in addition to 0 through 9.
    3. Improved the behaviour of the drop downs in entry editor.
    4. When adding entries, entry editor will now default the trainer selection to the same as the owner IF the owner is also a trainer.
    5. When adding entries, entry editor will default the rider selection to the owner in the "Riders" tab if the owner is also a rider.
    6. When adding entries, entry editor will default the horse to the owner's first horse in the owners list of horses assuming the owner has any horses.
    7. Classes have two new fields "Sponsor text" and "Judge note". These fields are printed on the class sheets.
    8. Corrected spelling of Holsteiner breed.
    9. Class sheets now print the Class "Sponsor text" and "Judge Note" fields for the class
    10. If open, the owners, trainers, and horses grids refresh when you create new records
      in the people editor.

    Mar 11, 2004 Version 3.4.206

    1. Added several new horse breeds
    2. Changed drop down validator in results screen to handle "no rider" for an entry.

    Mar 2, 2004 Version 3.4.205

    1. Added several new horse breeds
    2. People editor now lets you edit the "Barn" for trainers
    3. Exclude from email and Dormant checkboxes now saved in people editor
    4. Last edit date now saved in people editor
    5. Added new buttons to people editor: Update and Close, Update and New
    6. USEF export now warns you if you are not exporting any divisions or any classes
    7. USEF export now gives you option to include cancelled classes (default=yes)
    8. USEF export now gives you option to include classes that have no entries (default=yes
    9. Added new class types. Supported class types are now:
      Hunter, Jumper, Equitation, Dressage, Western, Saddlebred
    10. Fixed minor problem in compact circuit points report heading.
    11. Compact circuit points lists a rider
    12. Suspect payee tax number report now sorts by entry number instead of name.
    13. Improved readability of "Winnings by division" report
    14. Mail records now has ability to export the mail list records to Microsoft Excel.
    15. Entry results report for selected entry now lists division results as well as class results. This report is selected from show manager from the reports menu or by right clicking on an entry.

    Feb 15, 2004 Version 3.4.202

    1. Fixed problem with the sort order of CASH checks in check printing screen.
    2. Corrected problem where day were printed out of order in ring schedule report.
    3. You can now specify a time earlier than 8:00am for each day in ring scheduler. Set the staring time on the "Days & Rings" tab in ring scheduler on the days grid
    4. Classes grid within Division Editor has a new checkbox column "Under Saddle".
    5. Stall billing report now bolds the subtotals
    6. Stall billing report summarizes the amount billed
    7. 1099 grid now returns to currently selected record after editing a record.
    8. Invoices now only list results in classes where the entry placed. This is to reduce the amount of paper and toner used for invoices.
    9. Canceling a class from Competition results editor's actions menu now sets "Cancelled" flag.
    10. Changing the "Cancelled" flag (IE: Checkbox) in Competition results editor now removes all entries from a class and voids any checks that may have been issued for the class.
    11. Added new Global report "Winnings by owner - All shows". Note this report does not include add-back money paid, ONLY prize money won.
    12. Saving class results now forces an invoice update for all entries in a class ensuring that results and add back information is correctly shown on invoices.
    13. Owner's can now have a blank first name. This allows the use of the "Last name" field for a Company name without having to enter any first name.
    14. Added a new checkbox to Show properties editor lets you select whether or not blank addresses will be permitted when editing Owner, Trainer, Rider records.
    15. Leading and trailing spaces are removed from name and address fields when they are edited for owners, riders, and trainers.
    16. The main show record has new fields "Prov/State" and "Country". These are the province or state and country where the show is taking place. When adding owners, riders, trainers the corresponding address fields will default to these values.
    17. Changed "Stalls by trainer" report to sort by entry number.
    18. New unified "person" editor.Owners, riders and trainers are all edited on a single form now. You can create all three records at the same time.
    19. HSS will attempt to bind your owner and riders together when the upgrade runs. It will consider the person to be the same person if an owner was also a rider in an entry or the last name and USEF numbers are the same.
    20. Added new class type "WESTERN"
    21. Added new field for divisions "First over fences class". This field is used to record which class in the division is the first over fences. Not all division types need this, however it is required for USEF Division results reporting.
    22. Added two new checkboxes to divisions: "This is a USEF division" and "This is an AQHA division"
    23. Divisions grid now lists First Over Fences class, USEF flag and AQHA flag.
    24. Division results report now lists the first over fences class and the number of entries in the FOF class. This is useful for the USEF Hunter increment report.
    25. Added new filter field and controls to the "All horses" list in show manager. Use this field to restrict (Search) for a horse that matches the name you specify. The field is progressive, so the list will adjust as you type. Also, the first horse that matches the name you type is highlighted in the grid. Pressing the ENTER key will open the entry editor pre-populated with that horse's information. Use the up/down arrow keys to scroll through the other entries in the list (if any).
    26. When entering class results, you can now use a plus sign instead of commas between the entry numbers. This facilitates entry on a keypad.
    27. USEF Results export now includes division results. The number of entries in the division is based on the number of entries in the "First over Fences" class selected for the division.  If no FOF class is selected, then the first class in the division based on class number is assumed to be the FOF class.
    28. New field "BREED" added to horse records. HSS includes a list of common breeds.
    29. Horses grid list new "Breed" field.
    30. Horses report lists new Breed field.
    31. Results reports (Hunter, Jumper, Class) show breed for horse (if known).
    32. Class sheets show the horse's breed if known.

    Jan 22, 2004 Version 3.3.107

    1. Added new button in the 1099 print form that lets you apply the current "Payer" fields as defined for the current show to ALL 1099 records.

    Jan 11, 2004 Version 3.3.106

    1. CASH checks now print the class description on the check face
    2. The 1099 printing screen now allows you to update all 1099 records with a new "Payer Federal ID" field.
    3. The 1099 printing screen has a new column that displays the "Payer Federal ID" field.

    Nov 6, 2003 Version 3.3.105

    1. Improved check printing to allow printing hundreds of cheques at a time.
    2. Added choice in classes view in show manager to show entries or not.
    3. Boosted performance of classes grid in show manager

    Nov 5, 2003 Version 3.3.104

    1. Show Manager's "Classes" tab has a powerful new explorer type grid that lets you drill down and view the entries in each class and the riders for each entry.
    2. Added new report "Jumper money with add back". This report lists the amount of prize money AND add back money awarded to each entry in each Jumper class.
    3. Class results report now uses landscape mode by default.
    4. Stall billing report lists all fee codes beginning with STALL even if the quantity is zero. This change reverts the report back to the old style by popular demand.
    5. Class editor now "trims" leading spaces from the class name.

    Oct 29, 2003 Version 3.3.103

    1. Jump order report no longer lists scratched entries. Jump order numbering is adjusted on the report to account for scratched entries.
    2. New report "Class entry counts - detailed" added.
    3. New report "Entries not entered in any classes" added.
    4. The four reports "Show entries by XXX" now list the classes where an entry has scratched with a strike-through. This is a line through the class number. This allows you to easily see the classes entered and the ones the entry has scratched in.

    Oct 27, 2003 Version 3.3.102

    1. Horse name now wraps to a new line on class sheets if the name is extremely long
    2. Checks now print the entry number and name on the checks and stubs.
    3. Eliminated problem where a maximum of 20 checks could be printed at a time.

    Oct 26, 2003 Version 3.3.101

    1. Added "Jumper Level" column to classes grid in division editor.
    2. Corrected problem where first cash check run in a show caused EOF error.

    Oct 23, 2003 Version 3.3.100

    1. Division editor now handles the error when a user attempts to create a new division using a division number that already exists more gracefully. Simply put in a new unique division number and save again.
    2. Using "Update and New" in class editor is now more efficient.
    3. Classes grid in Division editor now lists Class entry fee, Nomination required, and Prize description.
    4. Added new "Clear server event log" function to File menu. This deletes all entries in the error and information event log that HSS maintains.
    5. SQL Query now permits action queries (Update, Delete)
    6. Updated class import to handle sibling (IE: Double judged) class import which was broken after version 3.2.64.
    7. Show licensing is now more liberal. Only entries that are entered in a class are counted against the show license. You can have as many horses entered in the show as desired - only when they are entered into a class is the entry counted.
    8. Show manager now displays the entry count in the status bar. The entry count represents the number of entries that are actually entered into at least one class in the show.
    9. Grouping on Add Back Paid report now adds a space after entries with only one class so they do not appear as part of the subtotals of other entries with multiple add back classes listed.
    10. Check printing now consolidates each entry's prize money into a single check. This reduces the number of checks required to about 1/4 the number required previously.
    11. Checks now print in ascending alphabetical order by the "Payable to" name.
    12. Checks show remittance advice for each prize amount / class if room permits.
    13. Class entry count report has two new columns "Scratched Entries", and "Net entries".

    Oct 10, 2003 Version 3.2.66

    1. Corrected problem where division results report listed judges from all shows instead of just the current show.
    2. Corrected problem saving add back settings for classes
    3. Stall billing report (Reports \ Show \ Entries) now skips stall fees where the quantity to help reduce the size of the report..

    Oct 7, 2003 Version 3.2.63

    Support added for "Sibling classes":
    Sibling classes let you have a "master" class and one or more classes with the same properties that are related to the master class - in other words a "group" of classes. When a horse is entered into the master class it is also entered into ALL the sibling classes that are related to the master class.

    With this feature you can easily manage double judged classes as well as triple and quadruple judged classes with total flexibility on a class by class basis. HSS numbers the sibling classes using the same class number as the master class with a .1, .2, .3 etc. appended to the end of the class number.
    EG: Master class=200, then sibling classes would be 200.1, 200.2, 200.3 ...

    Considerations with sibling classes:

    1. HSS will attempt to add / scratch an entry from all siblings when an entry is entered into / scratched from a class. Under some circumstances HSS will not scratch an entry from a sibling class. EG: if results have been posted to the sibling class
    2. Class entry fees are used for each sibling. Therefore the total amount billed will be the entry fee multiplied by the number of siblings (including the base class). So if you have the base class and one sibling, and the Base class entry fee is $25.00, then the amount billed will be 2 x $25.00 = $50.00.
    3. Prizes are computed and awarded in the normal way for EACH of the siblings (and master) in the group.
    4. Results are entered for each sibling.
    5. When entering into a group of sibling classes, simply enter the base class number. There is NO need to specify the sibling class numbers. HSS will enter the entry into all the related classes.
    6. The invoice will list each sibling in the group.
    7. Results and points will be computed on EACH of the siblings in the group. In other words, the sibling classes are treated just like regular classes

    Other changes

    1. In Backup function, "Purge deleted records" and "Compact" are now checked by default.
    2. Run repair utility removed from backup function - no longer relevant o New flag in Owner / Trainer / Rider records to exclude them from being added to mailing list records o New field to record AQHA number in Owner, Trainer, Rider, Horse records
    3. New field "Created date" in Owner, Trainer, Rider, Horse records. This is the date the record was created.
    4. New field "Last edit date" in Owner, Trainer, Rider, Horse records. This field records the last time the record was updated
    5. The details of payment are no longer printed on the check portion of checks. This was interfering with some MICR encoding for some users. This information is printed in the check stub anyway.
    6. Fixed a problem where check amounts were $0.00 when "Show prizes on invoices" was checked.
    7. New checkbox in class editor for "Class is an AQHA class".
    8. New date filter in import riders/owner/trainers/horses allow you to limit the records imported from another HSS database to only those that have actually been active in a show on or after a specified date.
    9. New function on DATA menu - PURGE RECORDS. Use this feature to delete horse, owner, rider, and trainers from your database that are not used or have not been recently updated. You can select what to delete.
    10. Records that match your deletion settings are listed in a grid so you can review them before deletion (or cancel deletion of the records).
    11. Ring schedule now updates the competition date field automatically so that class results report lists the actual date as per the ring schedule date.
    12. Shows can now have an unlimited number of show judges defined.
    13. Classes let you record the judge(s) that are judging the class.
    14. Competitions report now uses a more useful group list in the viewer.
    15. Classes grid lets you show or hide sibling classes
    16. Class editor lets you assign judges to the class and its siblings
    17. Added a new report "Judges" in the Show\General folder. This report lists the show's classes grouped by the judges that are judging the classes.
    18. Class results report now lists only those judges assigned to each class rather than all judges assigned to the show.
    19. USAE results e-submission now records the judges assigned to each class rather than just listing the show judges.
    20. Added new field "AQHA number" to show record.
    21. Scoreboard export now exports fields Entry Number, Horse name, Owner, Rider
    22. You can enter a list of classes with commas or spaces between them in the add / scratch field in the class selected when editing an entry and then press + or - to add or scratch the entry in the classes listed
    23. The "Classes" tab in entry editor lets you specify the default rider that will be assigned to new classes you enter the entry into. The riders listed are the riders listed in the riders tab of the entry.
    24. When the classes tab of entry editor is activated, the cursor focus is in the add / scratch field.
    25. The Payments tab in entry editor now displays and allows editing of the payment date.
    26. Printing fees list from fees grid now displays "Fees" in title
    27. Added judges to results.
    28. Class results report will now print "No Results Available" if the class has
      no entries.
    29. Show editor will no longer allow you to enter judge records with blank names

    Sep 16, 2003 Version 3.2.40

    1. Added "B" to list of show types in show editor
    2. Updated networking guides to cover Windows XP and Windows 2000
    3. Classes grid now displays jumper level for each class.

    July 15, 2003 Version 3.2.39

    1. Suspect federal numbers (IE: SSN) report now excludes show entries flagged as barn accounts.

    July 8, 2003 Version 3.2.38

    1. Stall billing report displays quantity expressed to 4 decimal places instead 2.
    2. Horse's height in hands is now listed on class sheets.
    3. Corrected sporadic problem with runtime error 5 when exiting show manager
    4. Stall billing report moved from "Financial" to "Entries" report folder.

    July 2, 2003 Version 3.2.37

    1. Horse and owner names wrap instead of truncate on "Show entries By" reports.
    2. Fixed problem with "Add Owner as rider" not creating new rider record regression.
    3. Added warning if user enters class and division fees of $0.00.
    4. Improved paging in class sheets to keep entries from breaking across pages.
    5. Added new report "Entries with suspect tax numbers" to help find entries with missing SSN numbers.
    6. Fixed internet send problem where show might fail to upload if extremely long names were used
    7. Added Password security on reports in the financial subgroup. Define the password  in the show's properties. Users will need to know the password to access any report in the "Financial" subgroup of reports.
    8. Added division rating field for future use
    9. Added show rating drop down selector to show settings for future use.

    June 11, 2003 Version 3.2.36

    1. Refined the all horses list in show manager so that the entry count column only lists the number of times the horse is entered in the current show rather than all shows.
    2. Corrected problem with "Update and New" button in class editor.
    3. Self service console now lets users print the ring schedule.
    4. Problem resolved when trying to upload results when HSS was installed to a non-default folder with spaces in the name.


    June 1, 2003 Version 3.2.34

    1. Added new button "Add Trainer" when adding riders to an entry to allow adding the trainer as a rider. This creates a new rider record based on the trainer's record if one doesn't already exist.
    2. Fixed minor problem selecting output folder for USAE results export.
    3. Show manager has a new window "pane" with a list of all known horses. You can add a new entry with some of the fields pre-filled by selecting a horse from this list - double click or use the "Add as new entry" button.  The new list shows the number of entries the horse is in and highlights horses already entered in green.
    4. Fixed problem where new divisions could not be created if the description contained a single quote.

    May 26, 2003 Version 3.2.32

    1. Payments screen now makes sure amounts are rounded to 2 decimal points internally.
    2. Prize group drop down in class editor now lists first 8 prize amounts in addition to prize group number and description.
    3. Checks now list either "On file" or "Unknown" for the "Federal number" field on the check stub. This is to hide the actual SSN for security reasons. The word "Unknown" is listed if the payee's SSN is blank in the check payment information.
    4. New filter ability in the report viewer lets you dynamically apply filters to the report.
    5. You can now cancel process of "Owner is Rider" when the duplicate owner selector screen pops up in entry editor when adding the entry's owner as the rider.
    6. Show authorization code is trimmed of leading and trailing spaces when saved.
    7. Horse editor now accepts height expressed in HANDS rather than in inches. You no longer enter height in inches but in Hands. There are four inches in one hand.
      The correct format to use for entry is: hh.i-nn/dd where hh=hands, i=inches, nn/dd=fraction of an inch.
      Example: 42-1/4 inches expressed in hands would be 10.2-1/4
    8. New field "Measurement Card Number" added to horse editor and records.
    9. The horses grid has a new column to display the horse's height in hands. The existing column that displayed the height in inches is still in the grid so you can see the height in both inches and the traditional measurement by hands.
    10. New field in Class editor "Jumper level" for jumper classes
    11. New checkbox field in Class editor "Class is a USA Equestrian class"
    12. Division results report now lists the judge names and the show dates and location
    13. Horses report lists horse height in hands
    14. New field added to results entry screen for SCORE.
    15. Class results report lists new SCORE field from results.
    16. New field "USA Equestrian number" added to show record
    17. New fields for up to 6 judges with first and last name added to show record
    18. New export function on data menu to export class entries to files for scoreboard use.
    19. Added "Show Analysis Summarized" report. Same as longer version without the details.
    20. New export function on data menu to export results to USA Equestrian.

      Note the following:

      1. HSS currently only supports scores for a single judge
      2. Horse, rider and owner affiliate numbers are not currently supported.
      3. Dressage score and percentage are output as zero. Support will be added soon.
      4. Cancelled classes are listed with an entry count of 0 as per USAE specs.
      5. REVIEW YOUR DATA FILE BEFORE SENDING TO USA EQUESTRIAN.  The export feature it is brand new and may not be appropriate for your specific show  or discipline.  To ensure you are reporting YOUR data correctly you must review the file to ensure it is correct.  Use Notepad or Microsoft Excel to view the .dat file.

    Feb 17, 2003 Version 3.2.21

    1. HSS now handles drag and drop correctly when both mouse buttons are pressed simultaneously in ring scheduler.
    2. Print engine and all reports upgraded to version 9.0

    Feb 17, 2003 Version 3.2.16

    1. Class results rider pull down now works correctly when multiple shows are in the same database.
    2. HSS Server enforces more rigorous checking of entry riders
    3. Fixed problem where reports could not be printed on Windows XP Home systems that had a share on the local drive.

    Feb 9, 2003 Version 3.2.14

    1. US Equestrian number is now displayed in horse drop down selector in entry editor
    2. New checkbox field "Exclude from circuit points" added to each entry. This field defaults to OFF. An entry with this field checked will NOT be included in the circuit points reports.

    Feb 2, 2003 Version 3.2.12

    1. Owner, Trainer, Rider, and Horses grids now stay synchronized to the same record after editing.
    2. New button added to entry editor lets you edit a rider record directly from the entry's riders tab.
    3. New bulk editing grids added for Owners, Trainers, and Riders.  These grids let you edit most fields in a spreadsheet style. Use the "Grid Edit" button from the usual lookup grids to access this new feature. 

    Feb 1, 2003 Version 3.2.10

    1. Corrected problem on "Classes" report where jumper classes were not displayed as jumper classes.
    2. Added ability to choose sort order by finish place in ascending or descending order for "Class Results" report.
    3. Class results report now sorts on class number rather than class name.
    4. Added "Barn name" field to trainer grid.
    5. Fixed problems where date and time changes for days in ring scheduler would not always save.

    Jan 26, 2003 Version 3.2.9

    1. Division fees are now always printed on invoices even if the division fee is $0.00.
    2. If you specify a division entry fee of $0.00 a warning prompt will occur explaining this could be dangerous. Remember that if an entry enters all classes in a division then HSS will invoice for the Division entry fee INSTEAD of each individual class entry fee. 

    Jan 20, 2003 Version 3.2.8

    1. Added new field "Barn" to trainer records to identify the name of the barn the trainer is associated with.
    2. Added new column "Trainer Barn" to show manager's list of entries. You can click this new column to sort all the same barn's entries together.

    Jan 16, 2003 Version 3.2.7

    1. Fixed EOF/BOF crash after changing name of horse in horse editor
    2. Changed CTRL-ENTER to CTRL+ENTER on button in Entry Editor
    3. Changed prompt "Entry number to read" to "Entry number" in entry open dialogue.
    4. Added stall number assigned to each entry to Stall billing report.
    5. Correct minor field alignment problem in show property editor.

    Jan 11, 2003 Version 3.2.6

    1. Corrected calculation of number of hands in horse editor screen. 1 hand = 4 inches.
    2. Corrected problems with "Show entries by..." reports not sorting as expected and not printing correct title.
    3. Show manager now places a checkmark in the "Invoiced" column after an invoice is printed for an entry from show manager.
    4. Un-checking the "Include show in circuit points" in a show's properties now removes the show from the circuit points reports and circuit explorer.
    5. Class results report now correctly allows selection of classes to report on in reports explorer.
    6. Trainer/Exhibitor, Rider entries, Jump Order reports now list the correct page x of y at the bottom of the report.
    7. Jump order report now allow selection of classes to print in reports explorer
    8. Rider labels margins increased slightly to accommodate a wider range of printer drivers.

    Nov 12, 2002 Version 3.2.4

    1. Correct display of "hands" height in horse record editor

    Nov 12, 2002 Version 3.2.4

    1. Fixed problem printing Division explorer grid not printing anything.
    2. Fixed problem with Ctrl-Enter generating binding errors when alternate payee information missing in show entry.
    3. HSS no longer makes you enter CLOSE when manually closing a class
    4. Added a Save and Close button to class results form.
    5. Added rider to division results (all division types) report.
    6. Added new Compact circuit points report.
    7. Reports are launched from the new Reports explorer window.
    8. Some reports have parameters that can be selected.
    9. Corrected problem during import of divisions
    10. New flag available in an entry's list of entered classes to allow marking the entry as "scratched" in the class. In this case the entry will still be included in billing and most reports. The entry will NOT be included in class sheets.
    11. Added new report "Billing by trainer". The report lets you filter based on the first characters to find in the fee code. Using this feature you can restrict the billing report to specific sets of fee codes.
    12. Numerous changes to add detailed support for circuit points
    13. Added support for circuit divisions. Circuit divisions allow a global grouping of divisions
    14. Show divisions now nave a "type" associated with them
    15. Riders must now be recorded in the new division results form
    16. Points are defined for each circuit division
    17. Added new "Show end date" field to show properties
    18. Divisions grid in show manager now displays the winning rider
    19. Entry editor now keeps you on same tab when using the "Update and Prompt" feature.
    20. Division grids now display the division type
    21. Division editor has new feature to create a circuit division based on the show division being edited.
    22. Division editor required you to specify the division type
      Circuit editor’s "Division Explorer" tab now lists the ENTRIES in each Circuit division / Show / Show division / Class.
    23. Circuit editor gives you a complete overview of the circuit. Make sure you familiarize yourself with the toolbar in circuit editor.
    24. HSS will make a "best guess" in terms of assigning the winning rider  to show divisions. The guess is based on which riders won in classes in a division. You may have to manually edit division results to select the correct winning rider in a division.

    July 29, 2002 - Version 3.1.53

    1. Added new report to show manager “Stall billing report for current trainer”.   Right click on the entry and select the report from the popup menu OR from the reports menu in show manager.
    2. Hunter, Jumper, Equitation results reports and Jumper money report all include both the show name and show description in the report headers.
    3. Added new global report: “Equitation points” which lists points totals for riders / classes in all shows of current database grouped by division name.  Riders are listed in each division in descending order of total points
    4. Added new global report: “Hunter points” which lists points totals for horses / classes in all shows of current database grouped by division name. Horses are listed in each division in descending order of total points
    5. Added new global report: “Jumper points” which lists points totals AND money won for horses / classes in all shows of current database grouped by division name. Horses are listed in each division in descending order of total points
    6. Added new global report: “Jumper money” which lists money totals AND points totals won for horses / classes in all shows of current database grouped by division name. Horses are listed in each division in descending order of total points
    7. Prize money can be printed on invoices – modify show properties accordingly
    8. Prize money can be applied to invoices as a credit amount – modify show properties accordingly
    9. Invoices optionally display class results
    10. Invoices will either say “Please Pay:” or “Refund Due:” depending on net amount due on invoice.
    11. A problem with the “Change show properties screen” taking a long time to open has been corrected.
    12. Cheques display the type of cheque: either “PRIZE” or “REFUND”.
    13. You can NOT create CASH cheque if running in “Apply prize money to invoices” mode.
    14. Fixed bug with bulk class closing function that may have prevented classes from closing.
    15. Invoices grid now correctly filters out invoices with a $0.00 balance.
    16. A warning is now issued if you attempt to change the sort order of cheques in the cheque printing form.  This is to help avoid problems when printing and auto-numbering cheques.
    17. Added and scratching classes via the + and – keys in the classes tab in the entry editor will now warn you if the class specified doesn’t exist or if (when scratching) the entry was not entered in the class you are attempting to scratch them in.
    18. A new button “Save and Prompt for Entry” on entry editor allows you to save the current entry and immediately input the next entry number you want to edit.  You can also immediately jump to this button with a CTRL-ENTER keystroke.  This makes it very easy to jump from entry to entry without going back to show manager.

    Notes on prize money applied to invoices

    1. Prize money / results will only be shown and applied to invoices after a class is CLOSED.  Do not expect to see results on invoices until you close the classes the entry is entered into.
    2. A new field is used with cheques to indicate the actual cheque amount versus the prize amount awarded. 
    3. When applying prizes against invoices the cheque amount paid will be the net winnings AFTER the winnings have been first used to credit the invoice.
    4. You will notice that in “Apply prizes to invoices” mode, you will still see “PRIZE” type cheque records in the cheques grid, however the “Chk Amount” field will be $0.00.  The “Prize” field will still reflect the prize amount the entry has won.  1099 / Tax reporting still uses this amount regardless of refund cheques issued.
    5. When a show is running in “Apply prized to invoices” mode:
      1. the cheque printing system will create “REFUND” cheques and update the “Cheque amount” payable when you open the cheque printing manager.  ONLY cheques that are NOT already marked as “printed” will be updated.  Existing REFUND cheques (if any) that are marked as printed but have an incorrect amount will be marked as VOID.
      2. You can only access the check printing manager if ALL classes are closed.  This also implies therefore that you must close all classes before any refund cheques can be created and issued.  This is fair since you really don’t know what the refunded amount will be until all prizes are awarded and therefore applied to invoices.
      3. You should avoid issuing refund cheques until you are absolutely sure you will not be editing any fees, payments or other things that might modify invoices.  Refund cheques are based on credit balances on invoices.  Change any invoice amounts and you will have sent the wrong refund amount.
    6. Cheques now have a “Type” field to indicate if the amount is a refund or a prize payout.  Refund cheques are created when you have configure the show to “Apply prize money to invoices”.  The refund amount is the net refund due after applying payments and prize money to invoices.  Their may or may not be a check depending on how much money an entry has won and their payments and fees.
    7. Changing the prize money award scheme after starting a show is not recommended for obvious reasons.



    Contact Us Privacy Policy Terms of Service